Unity Pro

33002519 10/2013

Unity Pro
Standard
Block Library
10/2013
33002519.12

www.schneider-electric.com
 The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical
characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not
intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these
products for specific user applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the
appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the
relevant specific application or use thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or
subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein. If you
have any suggestions for improvements or amendments or have found errors in this publication,
please notify us.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means, electronic or
mechanical, including photocopying, without express written permission of Schneider Electric.
All pertinent state, regional, and local safety regulations must be observed when installing and
using this product. For reasons of safety and to help ensure compliance with documented system
data, only the manufacturer should perform repairs to components.
When devices are used for applications with technical safety requirements, the relevant
instructions must be followed.
Failure to use Schneider Electric software or approved software with our hardware products may
result in injury, harm, or improper operating results.
Failure to observe this information can result in injury or equipment damage.
© 2013 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

2 33002519 10/2013
 Table of Contents

Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
About the Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Part I General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Chapter 1 Block Types and their Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Block Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
FFB Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
EN and ENO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Chapter 2 Block Availability on Various Hardware Platforms . . 31
Block Availability on the Various Hardware Platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Part II Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Chapter 3 ADD_***_***: Addition of a number to elements of an
array or addition of two arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Chapter 4 AND_***_***: Logical AND between arrays and
variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Chapter 5 COPY_•••••_•••••: Copy on arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Chapter 6 DIV_***_***: Division of arrays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Chapter 7 EQUAL_***: Comparison of two arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Chapter 8 FIND_EQ_***: First element of an array equal to a
given value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Chapter 9 FIND_EQP_***: First element of an array equal to a
value starting from a given rank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Chapter 10 FIND_GT_***: First element of an array greater than a
given value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Chapter 11 FIND_LT_***: First element of an array less than a
given value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

33002519 10/2013 3
 Chapter 12 LENGTH_***: Length of an array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Chapter 13 MAX_***: Maximum value of array elements . . . . . . . . 83
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Chapter 14 MIN_***: Minimum value of array elements . . . . . . . . . 85
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Chapter 15 MOD_***_***: Remainder of division of arrays . . . . . . 87
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Chapter 16 MOVE_***_***: Assignment to arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Chapter 17 MOVE_***_***: Array conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Chapter 18 MUL_***_***: Multiplication of arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Chapter 19 NOT_***: Logical negation of arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Chapter 20 OCCUR_***: Occurrence of a value in an array . . . . . . 101
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Chapter 21 OR_***_***: Logical OR between arrays and variables 103
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Chapter 22 ROL_***: Rotate shift to left. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Chapter 23 ROR_***: Rotate shift to right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Chapter 24 SORT_***: Ascending or descending sort . . . . . . . . . . 111
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Chapter 25 SUB_***_***: Subtraction from arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Chapter 26 SUM_***: Sum of array elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Chapter 27 SWAP_***: Permutation of the bytes of an array . . . . 119
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Chapter 28 XOR_***_***: Exclusive OR between arrays. . . . . . . . . 121
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

4 33002519 10/2013
 Part III CLC_INT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Chapter 29 Introduction to integer regulation functions . . . . . . . . 127
General Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Principal of the regulation loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Development methodology for a regulation application. . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Programming a regulation function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Behavior of functions in operating modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Chapter 30 PID_INT: PID controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Function description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Description of Derived Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Chapter 31 PWM_INT: Pulse width modulation of a numerical
value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Chapter 32 SERVO_INT: Servo drive function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Part IV Comparison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Chapter 33 EQ: Equal to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Chapter 34 GE: Greater than or equal to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Chapter 35 GT: Greater than . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Chapter 36 LE: Less than or equal to. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Chapter 37 LT: Less than . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Chapter 38 NE: Not equal to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Part V Date & Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Chapter 39 ADD_***_TIME: Addition of a duration to a date . . . . . 175
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Chapter 40 DIVTIME: Division. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Chapter 41 MULTIME: Multiplication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Chapter 42 SUB_***_***: Calculates the time difference between
two dates or times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

33002519 10/2013 5
 Chapter 43 SUB_***_TIME: Subtraction of a duration from a date 183
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Part VI Extract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Chapter 44 EXTRACT: Copy of a variable part into another
variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Chapter 45 SIZEOF: Size of a variable in bytes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Part VII Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Chapter 46 AND: AND function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Chapter 47 F_TRIG: Falling edge detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Chapter 48 FE: Detection of Falling Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Chapter 49 NOT: Negation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Chapter 50 OR: OR function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Chapter 51 R_TRIG: Rising edge detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Chapter 52 RE: Detection of Rising Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Chapter 53 RESET: Setting of a bit to 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Chapter 54 ROL: Rotate left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Chapter 55 ROR: Rotate right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Chapter 56 RS: Bistable function block, reset dominant. . . . . . . . 215
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Chapter 57 SET: Setting of a bit to 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Chapter 58 SHL: Shift left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Chapter 59 SHR: Shift right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

6 33002519 10/2013
 Chapter 60 SR: Bistable function block, set dominant . . . . . . . . . 223
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Chapter 61 TRIGGER: Detection of all edges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Chapter 62 XOR: Exclusive OR function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Part VIII Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Chapter 63 ABS: Absolute value computation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Chapter 64 ACOS: Arc cosine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Chapter 65 ADD: Addition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Chapter 66 ADD_TIME: Addition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Chapter 67 ASIN: Arc sine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Chapter 68 ATAN: Arc tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Chapter 69 COS: Cosine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Chapter 70 DEC: Decrementation of a variable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Chapter 71 DIV: Division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Chapter 72 DIVMOD: Division and Modulo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Chapter 73 EXP: Natural exponential. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Chapter 74 EXPT_REAL_***: Exponentiation of one value by
another value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Chapter 75 INC: Incrementation of a variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Chapter 76 LN: Natural logarithm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Chapter 77 LOG : Base 10 logarithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

33002519 10/2013 7
 Chapter 78 MOD: Modulo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Chapter 79 MOVE: Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Chapter 80 MUL: Multiplication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Chapter 81 NEG: Negation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Chapter 82 SATURATION: Saturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
SATURATION: Maximum REAL value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Chapter 83 SIGN: Sign evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Chapter 84 SIN: Sine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Chapter 85 SUB: Subtraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Chapter 86 SUB_TIME: Subtraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Chapter 87 SQRT_*** : Square root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Chapter 88 TAN: Tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Part IX Statistical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Chapter 89 AVE: Averaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Chapter 90 LIMIT: Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Chapter 91 LIMIT_IND: Limit with indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Chapter 92 MAX: Maximum value function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Chapter 93 MIN: Minimum value function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Chapter 94 MUX: Multiplexer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Chapter 95 SEL: Binary selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

8 33002519 10/2013
 Part X Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Chapter 96 CONCAT_STR: Concatenation of two character
strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Chapter 97 DELETE_INT: Deletion of a sub-string of characters . 317
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Chapter 98 EQUAL_STR: Comparison of two character strings. . 319
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Chapter 99 FIND_INT: Finding a sub-string of characters . . . . . . . 321
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Chapter 100 INSERT_INT: Insertion of a sub-string of characters . 323
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Chapter 101 LEFT_INT: Extraction of characters to the left . . . . . . 325
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Chapter 102 LEN_INT: Length of character string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Chapter 103 MID_INT: Extraction of a sub-string of characters . . . 329
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Chapter 104 REPLACE_INT: Replacement of a sub-string of
characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Chapter 105 RIGHT_INT: Extraction of a character string to the
right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Part XI Timer & Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Chapter 106 CTD, CTD_***: Down counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Chapter 107 CTU, CTU_***: Up counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Chapter 108 CTUD, CTUD_***: Up/Down counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Chapter 109 TOF: Off delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Chapter 110 TON: On delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Chapter 111 TP: Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

33002519 10/2013 9
 Part XII Type to type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Chapter 112 ARINT_TO_DATE: Convert Integer Array with Date to
a DATE Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Chapter 113 ARINT_TO_DT: Convert Integer Array with Date and
Time to a DT Variable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Chapter 114 ARINT_TO_TOD: Convert Integer Array with Time Of
Day to a TOD Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Chapter 115 ASCII_TO_STRING: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Chapter 116 ASCII_TO_STRING_INV: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . 365
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Chapter 117 BCD_TO_INT: Conversion of a BCD integer into pure
binary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Chapter 118 BIT_TO_BYTE: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Chapter 119 BIT_TO_WORD: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Chapter 120 BOOL_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Chapter 121 BYTE_AS_WORD: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Chapter 122 BYTE_TO_BIT: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Chapter 123 BYTE_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Chapter 124 DATE_TO_ARINT: Convert DATE Variable to Integer
Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Chapter 125 DATE_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in DATE
format into a character string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Chapter 126 DBCD_TO_***: Conversion of a double BCD integer
into binary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

10 33002519 10/2013
 Chapter 127 DEG_TO_RAD : Conversion of degrees to radians. . . 397
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Chapter 128 DINT_AS_WORD: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Chapter 129 DINT_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Chapter 130 DINT_TO_DBCD: Conversion of a double binary
coded integer into a double Binary Coded Decimal
integer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Chapter 131 DT_TO_ARINT: Convert DT Variable to Integer Array 407
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Chapter 132 DT_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in DT
format into a character string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Chapter 133 DWORD_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Chapter 134 GRAY_TO_INT: Conversion of an integer in Gray
code into a binary coded integer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Chapter 135 INT_AS_DINT: Concatenation of two integers to form
a double integer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Chapter 136 INT_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Chapter 137 INT_TO_BCD: Conversion of a binary coded integer
into a Binary Coded Decimal integer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Chapter 138 INT_TO_DBCD: Conversion of a binary coded integer
into a double Binary Coded Decimal integer . . . . . . . . 423
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Chapter 139 RAD_TO_DEG: Conversion of radians to degrees . . . 425
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Chapter 140 REAL_AS_WORD: Type conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Chapter 141 REAL_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

33002519 10/2013 11
 Chapter 142 REAL_TRUNC_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Chapter 143 STRING_TO_ASCII: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Chapter 144 STRING_TO_ASCII_INV: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . 441
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Chapter 145 STRING_TO_*** : Conversion of a character string to
a number of the INT, DINT or REAL type . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Chapter 146 TIME_AS_WORD: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Chapter 147 TIME_TO_***: Type conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Chapter 148 TIME_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in TIME
format into a character string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Chapter 149 TOD_TO_ARINT: Convert TOD Variable to Integer
Array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Chapter 150 TOD_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in TOD
format into a character string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Chapter 151 UDINT_AS_WORD: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Chapter 152 UDINT_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Chapter 153 UINT_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Chapter 154 WORD_AS_BYTE: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Chapter 155 WORD_AS_DINT: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Chapter 156 WORD_AS_REAL: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Chapter 157 WORD_AS_TIME: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Chapter 158 WORD_AS_UDINT: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

12 33002519 10/2013
 Chapter 159 WORD_TO_BIT: Type conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Chapter 160 WORD_TO_***: Type conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Chapter 161 ***_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable into a
character string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Appendices ......................................... 487
Appendix A EFB Error Codes and Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Tables of Error Codes for the Base Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Common Floating Point Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Appendix B System Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
System Bit Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
Description of System Bits %S9 to %S13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
Description of System Bits %S15 to %S21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
Description of System Words %SW12 to %SW29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Description of System Words %SW48 to %SW66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Glossary ......................................... 513
Index ......................................... 529

33002519 10/2013 13
14 33002519 10/2013
 Safety Information

Important Information

NOTICE
Read these instructions carefully, and look at the equipment to become familiar with the device
before trying to install, operate, or maintain it. The following special messages may appear
throughout this documentation or on the equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention
to information that clarifies or simplifies a procedure.

33002519 10/2013 15
PLEASE NOTE
Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified
personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of
the use of this material.
A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation
of electrical equipment and its installation, and has received safety training to recognize and avoid
the hazards involved.

16 33002519 10/2013
 About the Book

At a Glance

Document Scope
This document describes the functions and function blocks of the Standard library.

Validity Note
This document is valid from Unity Pro V8.0.

Product Related Information

WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
The application of this product requires expertise in the design and programming of control
systems. Only persons with such expertise should be allowed to program, install, alter, and apply
this product.
Follow all local and national safety codes and standards.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment
damage.

33002519 10/2013 17
18 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
General information
33002519 10/2013

Part I
General information

General information

Overview
This section contains general information about the Standard library.

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
1 Block Types and their Applications 21
2 Block Availability on Various Hardware Platforms 31

33002519 10/2013 19
General information

20 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
Block Types and their Applications
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 1
Block Types and their Applications

Block Types and their Applications

Overview
This chapter describes the different block types and their applications.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Block Types 22
FFB Structure 24
EN and ENO 27

33002519 10/2013 21
Block Types and their Applications

Block Types

Block Types
Different block types are used in Unity Pro. The general term for the block types is FFB.
There are the following types of block:
 Elementary Function (EF)
 Elementary Function Block (EFB)
 Derived Function Block (DFB)
 Procedure

NOTE: Motion Function Blocks are not available on the Quantum platform.

Elementary Function
Elementary functions (EF) have no internal status and one output only. If the input values are the
same, the output value is the same for the executions of the function, for example the addition of
two values gives the same result at every execution.
An elementary function is represented in the graphical languages (FBD and LD) as a block frame
with inputs and an output. The inputs are represented on the left and the outputs on the right of the
block frame. The name of the function, that is the function type, is shown in the center of the block
frame.
The number of inputs can be increased with some elementary functions.

CAUTION
UNEXPECTED BEHAVIOR OF EQUIPMENT
For Unity Pro V4.0 and earlier versions, do not use links to connect function blocks outputs, when
your application relies on persistent output data of an EF.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

NOTE: With Unity Pro V4.0 and earlier versions the deactivation of an EF (EN=0) causes links
connected to its Input/Output to be reset. To transfer the state of the signal do not use a link. A
variable must be connected to the EF’s output and must be used to connect the input of the
element. With Unity Pro V4.1 and later versions you can maintain the output links even if an EF is
deactivated by activating the option Maintain output links on disabled EF (EN=0) via the menu
Tools →Program →Languages →Common.

22 33002519 10/2013
 Block Types and their Applications

Elementary Function Block

Elementary function blocks (EFB) have an internal status. If the inputs have the same values, the
value on the outputs can have another value during the individual executions. For example, with a
counter, the value on the output is incremented.
An elementary function block is represented in the graphical languages (FBD and LD) as a block
frame with inputs and outputs. The inputs are represented on the left and the outputs on the right
of the block frame. The name of the function block, that is the function block type, is shown in the
center of the block frame. The instance name is displayed above the block frame.

Derived Function Block

Derived function blocks (DFBs) have the same properties as elementary function blocks. They are
created by the user in the programming languages FBD, LD, IL and/or ST.

Procedure
Procedures are functions with several outputs. They have no internal state.
The only difference from elementary functions is that procedures can have more than one output
and they support variables of the VAR_IN_OUT data type.
Procedures do not return a value.
Procedures are a supplement to IEC 61131-3 and must be enabled explicitly.
There is no visual difference between procedures and elementary functions.

CAUTION
UNEXPECTED BEHAVIOR OF EQUIPMENT
For Unity Pro V4.0 and earlier versions, do not use links to connect function blocks outputs, when
your application relies on persistent output data of an EF.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

NOTE: With Unity Pro V4.0 and earlier versions the deactivation of an EF (EN=0) causes links
connected to its Input/Output to be reset. To transfer the state of the signal do not use a link. A
variable must be connected to the EF’s output and must be used to connect the input of the
element. With Unity Pro V4.1 and later versions you can maintain the output links even if an EF is
deactivated by activating the option Maintain output links on disabled EF (EN=0) via the menu
Tools →Program →Languages →Common.

33002519 10/2013 23
Block Types and their Applications

FFB Structure

Structure
Each FFB is made up of an operation (name of the FFB), the operands are required for the
operation (formal and actual parameters) and an instance name for elementary/derived function
blocks.
Call of a function block in the FBD programming language:

CAUTION
UNEXPECTED APPLICATION BEHAVIOR
Do not call several times the same block instance within a PLC cycle
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

24 33002519 10/2013
 Block Types and their Applications

Formal call of a function block in the ST programming language:

Operation
The operation determines which function is to be executed with the FFB, e.g. shift register,
conversion operations.

Operand
The operand specifies what the operation is to be executed with. With FFBs, this consists of formal
and actual parameters.

Formal/actual parameters
Inputs and outputs are required to transfer values to or from an FFB. These are called formal
parameters.
Objects are linked to formal parameters; these objects contain the current process states. They are
called actual parameters.
At program runtime, the values from the process are transferred to the FFB via the actual
parameters and then output again after processing.
The data type of the actual parameters must match the data type of the input/output (formal
parameters). The only exceptions are generic inputs/outputs whose data type is determined by the
actual parameter. If the actual parameters consist of literals, a suitable data type is selected for the
function block.

33002519 10/2013 25
Block Types and their Applications

FFB Call in IL/ST

In text languages IL and ST, FFBs can be called in formal and in informal form. Details can be
found in the Reference manual.
Example of a formal function call:
out:=LIMIT (MN:=0, IN:=var1, MX:=5);
Example of an informal function call:
out:=LIMIT (0, var1, 5);
NOTE: The use of EN and ENO is only possible for formal calls.

VAR_IN_OUT variable
FFBs are often used to read a variable at an input (input variables), to process it and to output the
altered values of the same variable (output variables).
This special type of input/output variable is also called a VAR_IN_OUT variable.
The input and output variable are linked in the graphic languages (FBD and LD) using a line
showing that they belong together.
Function block with VAR_IN_OUT variable in FBD:

Function block with VAR_IN_OUT variable in ST:

MY_EXAMP1 (IN1:=Input1, IN2:=Input2, IO1:=Comb_IN_OUT,
OUT1=>Output1, OUT2=>Output2);
The following points must be considered when using FFBs with VAR_IN_OUT variables:
 The VAR_IN_OUT inputs must be assigned a variable.
 Literals or constants cannot be assigned to VAR_IN_OUT inputs/outputs.

The following additional limitations apply to the graphic languages (FBD and LD):
 When using graphic connections, VAR_IN_OUT outputs can only be connected with
VAR_IN_OUT inputs.
 Only one graphical link can be connected to a VAR_IN_OUT input/output.
 Different variables/variable components can be connected to the VAR_IN_OUT input and the
VAR_IN_OUT output. In this case the value of the variables/variable component on the input is
copied to the output variables/variable component.
 No negations can be used on VAR_IN_OUT inputs/outputs.
 A combination of variable/address and graphic connections is not possible for VAR_IN_OUT
outputs.

26 33002519 10/2013
 Block Types and their Applications

EN and ENO

Description
An EN input and an ENO output can be configured for the FFBs.
If the value of EN is equal to "0" when the FFB is invoked, the algorithms defined by the FFB are
not executed and ENO is set to "0".
If the value of EN is equal to "1" when the FFB is invoked, the algorithms defined by the FFB will
be executed. After the algorithms have been executed successfully, the value of ENO is set to "1".
If certain error conditions are detected when executing these algorithms, ENO is set to "0".
If the EN pin is not assigned a value, when the FFB is invoked, the algorithm defined by the FFB is
executed (same as if EN equals to "1"), Please refer to Maintain output links on disabled EF
(see Unity Pro, Operating Modes).
If the algorithms are executed successfully, then value of ENO is set to "1", else ENO is set to "0".
If ENO is set to "0" (caused by EN=0 or a detected error condition during execution or unsuccessful
algorithm execution):
 Function blocks
 EN/ENO handling with function blocks that (only) have one link as an output parameter:

If EN from FunctionBlock_1 is set to "0", the output connection OUT from

FunctionBlock_1 retains the status it had in the last correctly executed cycle.
 EN/ENO handling with function blocks that have one variable and one link as output
parameters:

If EN from FunctionBlock_1 is set to "0", the output connection OUT from

FunctionBlock_1 retains the status it had in the last correctly executed cycle. The variable
OUT1 on the same pin, either retains its previous status or can be changed externally without
influencing the connection. The variable and the link are saved independently of each other.
 Functions/Procedures

33002519 10/2013 27
Block Types and their Applications

CAUTION
UNEXPECTED BEHAVIOR OF EQUIPMENT
For Unity Pro V4.0 and earlier versions, do not use links to connect function blocks outputs,
when your application relies on persistent output data of an EF.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

NOTE: With Unity Pro V4.0 and earlier versions the deactivation of an EF (EN=0) causes links
connected to its Input/Output to be reset. To transfer the state of the signal do not use a link. A
variable must be connected to the EF’s output and must be used to connect the input of the
element. With Unity Pro V4.1 and later versions you can maintain the output links even if an EF is
deactivated by activating the option Maintain output links on disabled EF (EN=0) via the menu
Tools →Program →Languages →Common.

As defined in IEC61131-3, the outputs from deactivated functions (EN-input set to "0") is
undefined. (The same applies to procedures.)
Here is an explanation of the output status in this case:
 EN/ENO handling with functions/procedures that (only) have one link as an output
parameter:

If EN from Function/Procedure_1 is set to "0", the output connection OUT from

Function/Procedure_1 is also set to "0".
 EN/ENO handling with function blocks that have one variable and one link as output
parameters:

If EN from Function/Procedure_1 is set to "0", the output connection OUT from

Function/Procedure_1 is also set to "0". The variable OUT1 on the same pin, either
retains its previous status or can be changed externally without influencing the connection.
The variable and the link are saved independently of each other.
The output behavior of the FFBs does not depend on whether the FFBs are called up without
EN/ENO or with EN=1.

28 33002519 10/2013
 Block Types and their Applications

Conditional/Unconditional FFB Call

"Unconditional" or "conditional" calls are possible with each FFB. The condition is realized by pre-
linking the input EN.
 EN connected
conditional calls (the FFB is only processed if EN = 1)
 EN shown, hidden, and marked TRUE, or shown and not occupied
unconditional calls (FFB is processed independent from EN)
NOTE: For disabled function blocks (EN = 0) with an internal time function (e.g. DELAY), time
seems to keep running, since it is calculated with the help of a system clock and is therefore
independent of the program cycle and the release of the block.

CAUTION
UNEXPECTED APPLICATION EQUIPMENT
Do not disable function blocks with internal time function during their operation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

Note for IL and ST

The use of EN and ENO is only possible in the text languages for a formal FFB call, e.g.
MY_BLOCK (EN:=enable, IN1:=var1, IN2:=var2,
ENO=>error, OUT1=>result1, OUT2=>result2);
Assigning the variables to ENO must be done with the operator =>.
With an informal call, EN and ENO cannot be used.

33002519 10/2013 29
Block Types and their Applications

30 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
Availability of the blocks
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 2
Block Availability on Various Hardware Platforms

Block Availability on Various Hardware Platforms

Block Availability on the Various Hardware Platforms

Introduction
Not all blocks are available on all hardware platforms. The blocks available on your hardware
platform can be found in the following tables.

Arrays
Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type M340 M580 Quantum Momentum Premium defined in
IEC 61131-3
ADD_***_*** EF + + + + + -
AND_***_*** EF + + + + + -
COPY_***_*** EF + + + + + -
DIV_***_*** EF + + + + + -
EQUAL_*** EF + + + + + -
EXTRACT Procedure + + + + + -
FIND_EQ_*** EF + + + + + -
FIND_EQP_*** EF + + + + + -
FIND_GT_*** EF + + + + + -
FIND_LT_*** EF + + + + + -
LENGHT_*** EF + + + + + -
MAX_*** EF + + + + + -
MIN_*** EF + + + + + -
MOD_***_*** EF + + + + + -
MOVE_***_*** (direct Procedure + + + + + -
assignment)
MOVE_***_*** Procedure + + + + + -
(conversion)
MUL_***_*** EF + + + + + -
NOT_*** EF + + + + + -
OCCUR_*** EF + + + + + -

33002519 10/2013 31
Availability of the blocks

Block name Block type M340 M580 Quantum Momentum Premium defined in
IEC 61131-3
OR_***_*** EF + + + + + -
ROL_*** Procedure + + + + + -
ROR_*** Procedure + + + + + -
SIZEOF EF + + + + + -
SORT_*** Procedure + + + + + -
SUB_***_*** EF + + + + + -
SUM_*** EF + + + + + -
SWAP_*** Procedure + + + + + -
XOR_***_*** EF + + + + + -

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

CLC_INT
Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type M340 M580 Quantum Momentum Premium defined in
IEC 61131-3
PID_INT Procedure + + + + -
PWM_INT Procedure + + + + -
SERVO_INT Procedure + + + + -

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

32 33002519 10/2013
 Availability of the blocks

Comparison
Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type M340 M580 Quantum Momentum Premium defined in
IEC 61131-3
EQ EF + + + + + +
GE EF + + + + + +
GT EF + + + + + +
LE EF + + + + + +
LT EF + + + + + +
NE EF + + + + + +

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

Date & Time

Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type M340 M580 Quantum Momentum Premium defined in
IEC 61131-3
ADD_***_TIME EF + + + + + +
DIVTIME EF + + + + + +
MULTIME EF + + + + + +
SUB_***_*** EF + + + + + +
SUB_***_TIME EF + + + + + +

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

33002519 10/2013 33
Availability of the blocks

Logic
Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type M340 M580 Quantum Momentum Premium defined in
IEC 61131-3
AND EF + + + + + +
F_TRIG EFB + + + + + +
FE EF + + + + + -
NOT EF + + + + + +
OR EF + + + + + +
R_TRIG EFB + + + + + +
RE EF + + + + + -
RESET Procedure + + + + + -
ROL EF + + + + + +
ROR EF + + + + + +
RS EFB + + + + + +
SET Procedure + + + + + -
SHL EF + + + + + +
SHR EF + + + + + +
SR EFB + + + + + +
TRIGGER EFB + + + + + -
XOR EF + + + + + +

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

Mathematics
Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type M340 M580 Quantum Momentum Premium defined in
IEC 61131-3
ABS EF + + + + + +
ACOS EF + + + + + +
ADD EF + + + + + +
ADD_TIME EF + + + + + +
ASIN EF + + + + + +

34 33002519 10/2013
 Availability of the blocks

Block name Block type M340 M580 Quantum Momentum Premium defined in
IEC 61131-3
ATAN EF + + + + + +
COS EF + + + + + +
DEC Procedure + + + + + -
DIV EF + + + + + +
DIVMOD Procedure + + + + + -
EXP EF + + + + + +
EXPT_REAL EF + + + + + +
INC Procedure + + + + + -
LN EF + + + + + +
LOG EF + + + + + +
MOD EF + + + + + +
MOVE EF + + + + + +
MUL EF + + + + + +
NEG EF + + + + + -
SATURATION Procedure + + + + + -
(see page 273)
SIGN EF + + + + + -
SIN EF + + + + + +
SQRT EF + + + + + DINT: -
INT: -
REAL: +
SUB EF + + + + + +
SUB_TIME EF + + + + + +
TAN EF + + + + + +

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

33002519 10/2013 35
Availability of the blocks

Statistical
Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type M340 M580 Quantum Momentum Premium defined in
IEC 61131-3
AVE EF + + + + + -
LIMIT EF + + + + + +
LIMIT_IND Procedure + + + + + -
MAX EF + + + + + +
MIN EF + + + + + +
MUX EF + + + + + +
SEL EF + + + + + +

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

Strings
Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type M340 M580 Quantum Momentum Premium defined in
IEC 61131-3
CONCAT_STR EF + + + + + -
DELETE_INT EF + + + + + +
EQUAL_STR EF + + + + + +
FIND_INT EF + + + + + +
INSERT_INT EF + + + + + +
LEFT_INT EF + + + + + +
LEN_INT EF + + + + + +
MID_INT EF + + + + + +
REPLACE_INT EF + + + + + +
RIGHT_INT EF + + + + + +

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

36 33002519 10/2013
 Availability of the blocks

Timers & Counter

Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type M340 M580 Quantum Momentum Premium defined in
IEC 61131-3
CTD EFB + + + + + +
CTD_*** EFB + + + + + -
CTU EFB + + + + + +
CTU_*** EFB + + + + + -
CTUD EFB + + + + + +
CTUD_*** EFB + + + + + -
TOF EFB + + + + + +
TON EFB + + + + + +
TP EFB + + + + + +

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

Type to Type
Availability of the blocks:

Block name Block type M340 M580 Quantum Momentum Premium defined in
IEC 61131-3
ARINT_TO_DATE EF + + + + + -
ARINT_TO_DT EF + + + + + -
ARINT_TO_TOD EF + + + + + -
ASCII_TO_STRING EF + + + + + -
ASCII_TO_STRING_INV EF + + + + + -
BCD_TO_INT EF + + + + + +
BIT_TO_BYTE EF + + + + + -
BIT_TO_WORD EF + + + + + -
BOOL_TO_*** EF + + + + + +
BYTE_AS_WORD EF + + + + + -
BYTE_TO_BIT Procedure + + + + + -
BYTE_TO_*** EF + + + + + +
DATE_TO_ARINT EF + + + + + +

33002519 10/2013 37
Availability of the blocks

Block name Block type M340 M580 Quantum Momentum Premium defined in
IEC 61131-3
DATE_TO_STRING EF + + + + + +
DBCD_TO_*** EF + + + + + -
DEG_TO_RAD EF + + + + + -
DINT_AS_WORD Procedure + + + + + -
DINT_TO_*** EF + + + + + +
DINT_TO_DBCD EF + + + + + -
DINT_TO_STRING EF + + + + + +
DT_TO_ARINT EF + + + + + +
DT_TO_STRING EF + + + + + +
DWORD_TO_*** EF + + + + + +
GRAY_TO_INT EF + + + + + -
INT_AS_DINT EF + + + + + -
INT_TO_*** EF + + + + + +
INT_TO_BCD EF + + + + + -
INT_TO_DBCD EF + + + + + -
INT_TO_STRING EF + + + + + +
RAD_TO_DEG EF + + + + + -
REAL_AS_WORD Procedure + + + + + -
REAL_TO_*** EF + + + + + +
REAL_TO_STRING EF + + + + + +
REAL_TRUNC_*** EF + + + + + +
STRING_TO_ASCII EF + + + + + -
STRING_TO_ASCII_INV EF + + + + + -
STRING_TO_*** EF + + + + + +
TIME_AS_WORD Procedure + + + + + -
TIME_TO_*** EF + + + + + +
TIME_TO_STRING EF + + + + + +
TOD_TO_ARINT EF + + + + + +
TOD_TO_STRING EF + + + + + +
UDINT_AS_WORD Procedure + + + + + -
UDINT_TO_*** EF + + + + + +
UINT_TO_*** EF + + + + + +
WORD_AS_BYTE Procedure + + + + + -
WORD_AS_DINT EF + + + + + -

38 33002519 10/2013
 Availability of the blocks

Block name Block type M340 M580 Quantum Momentum Premium defined in
IEC 61131-3
WORD_AS_REAL EF + + + + + -
WORD_AS_TIME EF + + + + + -
WORD_AS_UDINT EF + + + + + -
WORD_TO_BIT Procedure + + + + + -
WORD_TO_*** EF + + + + + +

Legend:
+ Yes
- No

33002519 10/2013 39
Availability of the blocks

40 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
Arrays
33002519 10/2013

Part II
Arrays

Arrays

Overview
This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of the Arrays
family.

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
3 ADD_***_***: Addition of a number to elements of an array or addition of two 43
arrays
4 AND_***_***: Logical AND between arrays and variables 47
5 COPY_•••••_•••••: Copy on arrays 51
6 DIV_***_***: Division of arrays 55
7 EQUAL_***: Comparison of two arrays 59
8 FIND_EQ_***: First element of an array equal to a given value 63
9 FIND_EQP_***: First element of an array equal to a value starting from a given 67
rank
10 FIND_GT_***: First element of an array greater than a given value 71
11 FIND_LT_***: First element of an array less than a given value 75
12 LENGTH_***: Length of an array 79
13 MAX_***: Maximum value of array elements 83
14 MIN_***: Minimum value of array elements 85
15 MOD_***_***: Remainder of division of arrays 87
16 MOVE_***_***: Assignment to arrays 91
17 MOVE_***_***: Array conversion 93
18 MUL_***_***: Multiplication of arrays 95
19 NOT_***: Logical negation of arrays 99
20 OCCUR_***: Occurrence of a value in an array 101
21 OR_***_***: Logical OR between arrays and variables 103
22 ROL_***: Rotate shift to left 107
23 ROR_***: Rotate shift to right 109
24 SORT_***: Ascending or descending sort 111

33002519 10/2013 41
Arrays

Chapter Chapter Name Page

25 SUB_***_***: Subtraction from arrays 113
26 SUM_***: Sum of array elements 117
27 SWAP_***: Permutation of the bytes of an array 119
28 XOR_***_***: Exclusive OR between arrays 121

42 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
ADD_***_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 3
ADD_***_***: Addition of a number to elements of an array or addition of two arrays

ADD_***_***: Addition of a number to elements of an array

or addition of two arrays

Description

Function description
The ADD_***_*** function adds a number to the elements of an array or adds two arrays
together.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions for adding a number to the elements of an array are as follows:
 ADD_ARINT_INT (addition of each element of an array of INTs to an INT).
 ADD_ARDINT_DINT (addition of each element of an array of DINTs to a DINT).
The available functions for adding the elements of one array to the elements of another array:
 ADD_ARINT (Sum of the respective elements of both INT arrays).
 ADD_ARDINT (Sum of the respective elements of both DINT arrays).

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to the sum of an integer and an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 43
ADD_***_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to the sum of an integer and an integer array:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to the sum of an integer and an integer array:
LD Input_IN1
ADD_ARINT_INT Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to the sum of an integer and an integer array:
Array1 := ADD_ARINT_INT(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

44 33002519 10/2013
 ADD_***_***

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Input_ IN1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, Input_IN1 is either a single or double integer,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT or an array of single or double integers, n and m
are positive or negative integers or nil.
Input_IN2 INT, Input_ IN2 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or an array of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT According to the type of Input_ IN1 and
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT Input_IN2, each element of Array1 is the
sum:
 of a single or double integer and the
corresponding element of an array,
 the corresponding elements of two arrays.

Runtime errors
The management of the %S18 (see page 497) system bit is identical to that for operations on
words or double words.
If an operation between two elements sets the %S18 (see page 497) bit (overflow or division by
zero), the result for this operation is incorrect, but the operation on the following elements is carried
out correctly.

33002519 10/2013 45
ADD_***_***

46 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
AND_***_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 4
AND_***_***: Logical AND between arrays and variables

AND_***_***: Logical AND between arrays and variables

Description

Function description
The AND_***_*** function carries out a logical AND (bit to bit) between:
 the elements of two arrays,
 between a single type variable and the elements of an array,
 between the elements of an array and a single type variable.
NOTE: The result is always an array.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The functions available in the general library are the following:
 AND_AREBOOL (logical AND of two EBOOL arrays).
 AND_ARWORD (logical AND of two WORD arrays).
 AND_ARWORD_WORD (logical AND of each element of a WORD array with a WORD).
 AND_ARDWORD_DWORD (logical AND of each element of a DWORD array with a DWORD).
 AND_ARDWORD (logical AND of two DWORD arrays).
The functions available in the Obsolete library are the following:
 AND_ARINT_INT (logical AND of each element of an INT array with an INT).
 AND_ARDINT_DINT (logical AND of each element of a DINT array with a DINT).
 AND_ARINT (logical AND of each element of an INT array with each element corresponding to
another INT array).
 AND_ARDINT (logical AND of each element of an INT array with each element corresponding
to another DINT array).

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to a 16-bit string and a 16-bit string array:

33002519 10/2013 47
AND_***_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to a 16-bit string and a 16-bit string array:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to a 16-bit string and a 16-bit string array:
LD Input_IN1
AND_ARWORD_WORD Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to a 16-bit string and a 16-bit string array:
Array1:= AND_ARWORD_WORD(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

48 33002519 10/2013
 AND_***_***

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Input_IN1 ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, n and m maximum and minimum limits.
WORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD,
DWORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD,
INT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,
DINT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Input_IN2 ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, n and m are positive or negative integers or
WORD, nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD,
DWORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD,
INT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,
DINT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, The elements of Array1 are the result of the
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, logical AND (bit to bit) between Input_IN1
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, and Input_IN2, which can be respectively:
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,  an array and a single variable,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT  an array and an array.

33002519 10/2013 49
AND_***_***

50 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
COPY_•••••_•••••
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 5
COPY_•••••_•••••: Copy on arrays

COPY_•••••_•••••: Copy on arrays

Description

Function description
The COPY_•••••_••••• function copies a series of contiguous elements from one array into
another array. The arrays are of different or identical types and the target zone is fixed by the
parameters of the function.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED APPLICATION BEHAVIOR
Check that data being written in the target array is valid when using the COPY_•••••_•••••
function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment
damage.

NOTE: The COPY_•••••_••••• function can result in unintended data values. For example,
copying input values on output values can lead to corrupted data and unexpected behavior of the
application.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 COPY_AREBOOL_ARINT,
 COPY_AREBOOL_AREBOOL,
 COPY_AREBOOL_ARDINT,
 COPY_ARINT_AREBOOL,
 COPY_ARDINT_AREBOOL.

33002519 10/2013 51
COPY_•••••_•••••

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to the assignment of a zone of an integer array to a zone of a bit array:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to the assignment of a zone of an integer array to a zone of a bit array:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to the assignment of a zone of an integer array to a zone of a bit array:
LD Array1
COPY_ARINT_AREBOOL Begin_Row, Element_Number, Destination_Row
ST Result_Array

Representation in ST
Representation applied to the assignment of a zone of an integer array to a zone of a bit array:
Result_Array := COPY_ARINT_AREBOOL(Array1, Begin_Row, Element_Number,
Destination_Row);

52 33002519 10/2013
 COPY_•••••_•••••

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, n and m are positive or negative integers
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Begin_Row INT Rank of first element to be copied from the
array Array1.

Note: The first element of the array has

the rank 0.
Element_Number INT Number of elements to be copied from the
array Array1.
Destination_Row INT Target rank in the array Result_Array.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_Array ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, n and m are positive or negative integers
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT Target array which contains the elements
selected from Array1.

NOTE: if the number of elements to be extracted is greater than the remaining size, starting from
the rankBegin_Row, the function extracts all the elements fromBegin_Row to the last element of
the array.
If the number of elements to be extracted is greater than the space available starting from the
rankDestination_Row, the copy function runs to the last element of the array.
A negative value of Begin_Row, Element_Number and Destination_Row is interpreted as
null.

33002519 10/2013 53
COPY_•••••_•••••

54 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
DIV_***_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 6
DIV_***_***: Division of arrays

DIV_***_***: Division of arrays

Description

Function description
The DIV_***_*** function carries out the division:
 of a number by the elements of an array,
 of the elements of an array by a number,
 of the elements of an array by the respective elements of another array.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions for division of a number by the elements of an array are as follows:
 DIV_INT_ARINT,
 DIV_DINT_ARDINT.
The available functions for division of the elements of an array by a number are as follows:
 DIV_ARINT_INT,
 DIV_ARDINT_DINT.
The available functions for division of the elements of an array by the respective elements of
another array are as follows:
 DIV_ARINT,
 DIV_ARDINT.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 55
DIV_***_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer array:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer array:
LD Input_IN1
DIV_INT_ARINT Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer array:
Array1:= DIV_INT_ARINT(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

56 33002519 10/2013
 DIV_***_***

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Input_IN1 INT, Input_IN1 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or an array of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Input_IN2 INT, Input_ IN2 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or an array of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT According to the type of Input_IN1 and
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT Input_IN2, each element of Array1 is the
division:
 of a single or double integer Input_IN1 by
the corresponding element of the array
Input_IN2 or else,
 of the elements of the array Input_IN1 by
single or double integers Input_IN2 or
else,
 of the elements of the array Input_IN1 by
the respective elements of the array Input_
IN2.

Runtime errors
The management of the %S18 (see page 497) system bit is identical to that for operations on
words or double words. In the case of division by zero, the value of the result is equal to the value
of the numerator.
If an operation between two elements sets the %S18 (see page 497) bit (overflow or division by
zero), the result for this operation is incorrect, but the operation on the following elements is carried
out correctly.

33002519 10/2013 57
DIV_***_***

58 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
EQUAL_****
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 7
EQUAL_***: Comparison of two arrays

EQUAL_***: Comparison of two arrays

Description

Function description
The EQUAL_*** function compares two arrays element by element.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 EQUAL_ARWORD,
 EQUAL_ARDWORD,
 EQUAL_ARINT,
 EQUAL_ARDINT,
 EQUAL_ARREAL.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to integer arrays:

33002519 10/2013 59
EQUAL_****

Representation in LD
Representation applied to integer arrays:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to integer arrays:
LD Array1
EQUAL_ARINT Array2, Position
ST Equal1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to integer arrays:
Equal1:= EQUAL_ARINT(Array1, Array2, Position);

60 33002519 10/2013
 EQUAL_****

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Array2 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Position INT Rank of first element from which the search is
launched.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Equal1 INT Rank of first different elements. If the two
arrays are equivalent, Equal1 = -1.

Runtime errors
When the array contains an invalid value, the result of the function contains -2 and the bit %S18
(see page 497) = 1.

33002519 10/2013 61
EQUAL_****

62 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
FIND_EQ_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 8
FIND_EQ_***: First element of an array equal to a given value

FIND_EQ_***: First element of an array equal to a given

value

Description

Function description
The FIND_EQ_*** function searches for the first element of an array equal to a given value.
NOTE: Before starting the search, the block immediately writes -1 to its output OUT to indicate that
the value connected to IN2 was not found . Then the block starts the search and updates the
output OUT with the rank value of the first element fullfilling the search criteria.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 FIND_EQ_ARWORD,
 FIND_EQ_ARDWORD,
 FIND_EQ_ARINT,
 FIND_EQ_ARDINT,
 FIND_EQ_ARREAL.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 63
FIND_EQ_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer array:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer array:
LD Array1
FIND_EQ_ARINT Value1
ST Row_Value1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer array:
Row_Value1:= FIND_EQ_ARINT(Array1, Value1);

64 33002519 10/2013
 FIND_EQ_***

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT n and m are positive or negative integers or
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Value1 INT, DINT, WORD, DWORD, Value whose rank is searched for in Array1.
REAL. Of the same type as the elements of the array
Array 1.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Row_Value1 INT Rank of first element of Array1 equal to
Value1. If none of the elements of the array
is equal to Value1, Row_Value1 = -1

Runtime errors
When the array contains an invalid value or if Value1 is an invalid value, the result of the function
contains-2 and the bit %S18 (see page 497) = 1.

33002519 10/2013 65
FIND_EQ_***

66 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
FIND_EQP_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 9
FIND_EQP_***: First element of an array equal to a value starting from a given rank

FIND_EQP_***: First element of an array equal to a value

starting from a given rank

Description

Function description
The FIND_EQP_*** function searches for the first element of an array equal to a value starting
from a given rank.
NOTE: Before starting the search, the block immediately writes -1 to its output OUT to indicate that
the value connected to IN2 was not found . Then the block starts the search and updates the
output OUT with the rank value of the first element fullfilling the search criteria.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 FIND_EQP_ARWORD,
 FIND_EQP_ARDWORD,
 FIND_EQP_ARINT,
 FIND_EQP_ARDINT,
 FIND_EQP_ARREAL.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 67
FIND_EQP_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer array:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer array:
LD Array1
FIND_EQP_ARINT Value1, Begin1
ST Row_Value1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer array:
Row_Value1:= FIND_EQP_ARINT(Array1, Value1, Begin1);

68 33002519 10/2013
 FIND_EQP_***

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Value1 WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, Value whose rank is searched for in Array1.
REAL. Of the same type as the elements of the array
Array 1.
Begin1 INT Rank the search starts from

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Row_Value1 INT Rank of first element of Array1 equal to
Value1. If none of the elements of the array is
equal to Value1, Row_Value1 = -1

Note: Row_Value1 indicates the rank in

relation to the start of the array.

Runtime errors
When the array contains an invalid value or if Value1 is an invalid value, the result of the function
contains-2 and the bit %S18 (see page 497) = 1.

33002519 10/2013 69
FIND_EQP_***

70 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
FIND_GT_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 10
FIND_GT_***: First element of an array greater than a given value

FIND_GT_***: First element of an array greater than a given

value

Description

Function description
The FIND_GT_*** function searches for the first element of an array greater than a given value.
NOTE: Before starting the search, the block immediately writes -1 to its output OUT to indicate that
the value connected to IN2 was not found . Then the block starts the search and updates the
output OUT with the rank value of the first element fullfilling the search criteria.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 FIND_GT_ARWORD,
 FIND_GT_ARDWORD,
 FIND_GT_ARINT,
 FIND_GT_ARDINT,
 FIND_GT_ARREAL.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 71
FIND_GT_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer array:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer array:
LD Array1
FIND_GT_ARINT Value1
ST Row_Value1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer array:
Row_Value1:= FIND_GT_ARINT(Array1, Value1);

72 33002519 10/2013
 FIND_GT_***

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Input Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Value1 WORD, DWORD, INT , Value for which the rank of the first greater
DINT, REAL value is searched for in Array1.
Of the same type as the elements of the array
Array 1.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Output Type Comment

Row_Value1 INT Rank of the first element of Array1 > than
Value1. If none of the elements of the array is
greater than Value1, Row_Value1 = -1

Runtime errors
When the array contains an invalid value or if Value1 is an invalid value, the result of the function
contains-2 and the bit %S18 (see page 497) = 1.

33002519 10/2013 73
FIND_GT_***

74 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
FIND_LT_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 11
FIND_LT_***: First element of an array less than a given value

FIND_LT_***: First element of an array less than a given

value

Description

Function description
The FIND_LT_*** function searches for the first element of an array less than a given value.
NOTE: Before starting the search, the block immediately writes -1 to its output OUT to indicate that
the value connected to IN2 was not found . Then the block starts the search and updates the
output OUT with the rank value of the first element fullfilling the search criteria.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 FIND_LT_ARWORD,
 FIND_LT_ARDWORD,
 FIND_LT_ARINT,
 FIND_LT_ARDINT,
 FIND_LT_ARREAL.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 75
FIND_LT_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer array:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer array:
LD Array1
FIND_LT_ARINT Value1
ST Row_Value1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer array:
Row_Value1:= FIND_LT_ARINT(Array1, Value1);

76 33002519 10/2013
 FIND_LT_***

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Value1 WORD , DWORD , INT , Value for which a smaller value is searched for
DINT, REAL in Array1.
Of the same type as the elements of the array
Array 1.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Row_Value1 INT Rank of the first element of Array1 <
Value1. If none of the elements of the array is
less than Value1, Row_Value1 = -1

Runtime errors
When the array contains an invalid value or if Value1 is an invalid value, the result of the function
contains-2 and the bit %S18 (see page 497) = 1.

33002519 10/2013 77
FIND_LT_***

78 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
LENGTH_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 12
LENGTH_***: Length of an array

LENGTH_***: Length of an array

Description

Function description
The LENGTH_*** function calculates the length of an array. It is used mainly with DFBs when the
arrays are not explicitly declared.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 LENGTH_AREBOOL,
 LENGTH_ARWORD,
 LENGTH_ARDWORD,
 LENGTH_ARINT,
 LENGTH_ARDINT,
 LENGTH_ARREAL,
 LENGTH_ARBOOL,
 LENGTH_ARBYTE,
 LENGTH_ARDATE,
 LENGTH_ARDT,
 LENGTH_ARSTRING,
 LENGTH_ARTIME,
 LENGTH_ARTOD,
 LENGTH_ARUINT,
 LENGTH_ARUDINT.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 79
LENGTH_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer array:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer array:
LD Array1
LENGTH_ARINT
ST Length_Array1

Representation in ST
Representation:
Length_Array1:= LENGTH_ARINT(Array1);

80 33002519 10/2013
 LENGTH_***

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL n and m are positive or negative integers or
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
ARRAY [n..m] OF BOOL
ARRAY [n..m] OF BYTE
ARRAY [n..m] OF DATE
ARRAY [n..m] OF DT
ARRAY [n..m] OF STRING
ARRAY [n..m] OF TIME
ARRAY [n..m] OF TOD
ARRAY [n..m] OF UINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF UDINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Length_Array1 INT Array length (number of array elements).

33002519 10/2013 81
LENGTH_***

82 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
MAX_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 13
MAX_***: Maximum value of array elements

MAX_***: Maximum value of array elements

Description

Function description
The MAX_*** function searches for the maximum value of the elements of an array.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 MAX_ARWORD,
 MAX_ARDWORD,
 MAX_ARINT,
 MAX_ARDINT,
 MAX_ARREAL.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer array:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 83
MAX_***

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer array:
LD Array1
MAX_ARINT
ST Max1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer array:
Max1:= MAX_ARINT(Array1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Max1 WORD, DWORD, INT , DINT, Maximum value contained in the array. This
REAL result is of the same type as the array
elements.

Runtime errors
When the array contains an invalid value, the result of the function contains -1.#INF and the bit
%S18 (see page 497) = 1.

84 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
MIN_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 14
MIN_***: Minimum value of array elements

MIN_***: Minimum value of array elements

Description

Function description
The MIN_*** function searches for the minimum value of the elements of an array.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 MIN_ARWORD,
 MIN_ARDWORD,
 MIN_ARINT,
 MIN_ARDINT,
 MIN_ARREAL.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer array:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 85
MIN_***

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer array:
LD Array1
MIN_ARINT
ST Min1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer array:
Min1:= MIN_ARINT(Array1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Min1 WORD , DWORD, DINT, Minimum value contained in the array. This
INT, REAL result is of the same type as the array
elements.

Runtime errors
When the array contains an invalid value, the result of the function contains 1.#INF and the bit
%S18 (see page 497) = 1.

86 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
MOD_***_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 15
MOD_***_***: Remainder of division of arrays

MOD_***_***: Remainder of division of arrays

Description

Function description
The function MOD_***_*** calculates the remainder of the division:
 of a number by the elements of an array,
 of the elements of an array by a number,
 of the elements of an array by the respective elements of another array.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions for calculation of the remainder of the division of a number by the elements
of an array are as follows:
 MOD_INT_ARINT,
 MOD_DINT_ARDINT.
The available functions for the calculation of the remainder of the division of the elements of an
array by a number are as follows:
 MOD_ARINT_INT,
 MOD_ARDINT_DINT.
The available functions for the calculation of the remainder of the division of the elements of an
array by the respective elements of another array are as follows:
 MOD_ARINT,
 MOD_ARDINT.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 87
MOD_***_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer array:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer array:
LD Input_IN1
MOD_INT_ARINT Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to the division of an integer by the elements of an integer array:
Array1:= MOD_INT_ARINT(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

88 33002519 10/2013
 MOD_***_***

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Input_ IN1 INT, Input_IN1 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or an array of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Input_IN2 INT, Input_IN2 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or an array of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT According to the type of Input_IN1 and
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT Input_IN2, each element of Array1 is the
remainder of the division:
 of a single or double integer Input_IN1 by
the corresponding element of the array
Input_IN2 or else,
 of the elements of the array Input_IN1 by
the single or double integer Input_IN2 or
else,
 of the elements of the array Input_IN1 by
the respective elements of the array
Input_IN2.

Runtime errors
The management of the %S18 (see page 497) system bit is identical to that for operations on
words or double words. The remainder of a division by zero is zero and the system bit is set to 1.
If an operation between two elements sets the %S18 (see page 497) bit (overflow or division by
zero), the result for this operation is incorrect, but the operation on the following elements is carried
out correctly.

33002519 10/2013 89
MOD_***_***

90 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
MOVE_***_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 16
MOVE_***_***: Assignment to arrays

MOVE_***_***: Assignment to arrays

Description

Function description
One of the actions of the MOVE_***_*** function is the assignment of an identical value to each
element of an array.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 MOVE_BOOL_AREBOOL,
 MOVE_WORD_ARWORD,
 MOVE_DWORD_ARDWORD,
 MOVE_INT_ARINT,
 MOVE_DINT_ARDINT,
 MOVE_REAL_ARREAL.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to the assignment of an integer to an integer array:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to the assignment of an integer to an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 91
MOVE_***_***

Representation in IL
Representation applied to the assignment of an integer to an integer array:
LD Val1
MOVE_INT_ARINT Array1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to the assignment of an integer to an integer array:
MOVE_INT_ARINT(Val1, Array1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Val1 BOOL, Val1 contains the value to be assigned to
WORD, each element of the array Array1.
DWORD, Of the same type as the elements of the array
INT, Array1.
DINT,
REAL.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, n and m are positive or negative integers or
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, Array1 is an array each element of which is
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, of the value Val1.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL

92 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
MOVE_***_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 17
MOVE_***_***: Array conversion

MOVE_***_***: Array conversion

Description

Function description
One of the actions of the MOVE_***_*** function is to convert an array into a value or a value into
an array.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 MOVE_AREBOOL_INT (conversion of an EBOOL array into an INT).
 MOVE_AREBOOL_DINT (conversion of an EBOOL array into a DINT).
 MOVE_INT_AREBOOL (conversion of an INT into an EBOOL array).
 MOVE_DINT_AREBOOL (conversion of a DINT into an EBOOL array).

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to the conversion of an EBOOL array into an integer:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to the conversion of an EBOOL array into an integer:

33002519 10/2013 93
MOVE_***_***

Representation in IL
Representation applied to the conversion of an EBOOL array into an integer:
LD IN1
MOVE_AREBOOL_INT OUT1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to the conversion of an EBOOL array into an integer:
MOVE_AREBOOL_INT(IN1, OUT1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

IN1 INT, n and m are positive or negative integers or
DINT, nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

OUT1 INT, When IN1 is an EBOOL array, OUT1 is an INT
DINT, or DINT containing the elements of IN1.
ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL. When IN1 is not an array, OUT1 is a single or
double integer, converted from a Boolean
array.

94 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
MUL_***_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 18
MUL_***_***: Multiplication of arrays

MUL_***_***: Multiplication of arrays

Description

Function description
The MUL_***_*** function carries out the multiplication:
 of the elements of an array by a number,
 of the elements of an array by the respective elements of another array.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions for the multiplication of the elements of an array by a number are as follows:
 MUL_ARINT_INT,
 MUL_ARDINT_DINT.
The available functions for the multiplication of the elements of an array by the respective elements
of another array are as follows:
 MUL_ARINT,
 MUL_ARDINT.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to the multiplication of the elements of an integer array by an integer:

33002519 10/2013 95
MUL_***_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to the multiplication of the elements of an integer array by an integer:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to the multiplication of the elements of an integer array by an integer:
LD Input_IN1
MUL_ARINT_INT Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to the multiplication of an integer by the elements of an integer array:
Array1:= MUL_ARINT_INT(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

96 33002519 10/2013
 MUL_***_***

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Input_IN1 INT, Input_IN1 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or an array of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Input_IN2 INT, Input_IN2 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or an array of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT According to the type of Input_IN1 and
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT Input_IN2, each element of Array1 is the
multiplication:
 of a single or double integer Input_IN1 by
the corresponding element of the array
Input_IN2 or else,
 of the elements of the array Input_IN1 by
single or double integers Input_IN2 or
else,
 of the elements of the array Input_IN1 by
the respective elements of the array
Input_IN2.

Runtime errors
The management of the %S18 (see page 497) system bit is identical to that for operations on
words or double words.
If an operation between two elements sets the %S18 (see page 497) bit (overflow or division by
zero), the result for this operation is incorrect, but the operation on the following elements is carried
out correctly.

33002519 10/2013 97
MUL_***_***

98 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
NOT_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 19
NOT_***: Logical negation of arrays

NOT_***: Logical negation of arrays

Description

Function description
The NOT_*** function carries out a logical negation (bit to bit) for all the elements of an array.
NOTE: The result is always an array.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 NOT_AREBOOL,
 NOT_ARWORD,
 NOT_ARDWORD.

The functions available in the Obsolete library are the following:

 NOT_ARINT (logical negation of each element of an INT array).
 NOT_ARDINT (logical negation of each element of a DINT array).
For example: %M11:3 := NOT_AREBOOL (%M1:3);
when %M1 is 1, %M2 is 0 and %M3 is 1, then %M11 will be 0, %M12 will be 1 and %M13 will be 0.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to a 16-bit string:

33002519 10/2013 99
NOT_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to a 16-bit string:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to a 16-bit string:
LD Array1
NOT_ARWORD
ST Result_Array

Representation in ST
Representation applied to a 16-bit string:
Result_Array:= NOT_ARWORD(Array1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, n and m are positive or negative integers
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_Array ARRAY [n..m] OF EBOOL, The elements of Result_Array are the
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, result of the logical NOT (bit to bit) on
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD Array1.
Of the same type as the elements of the
array Array 1.

100 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
OCCUR_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 20
OCCUR_***: Occurrence of a value in an array

OCCUR_***: Occurrence of a value in an array

Description

Function description
The OCCUR_*** function gives the number of elements of an array equal to a given value.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 OCCUR_ARWORD,
 OCCUR_ARDWORD,
 OCCUR_ARINT,
 OCCUR_ARDINT,
 OCCUR_ARREAL.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer array:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 101

OCCUR_***

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer array:
LD Array1
OCCUR_ARINT Value1
ST Occur_Number

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer array:
Occur_Number:= OCCUR_ARINT(Array1,Value1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, n and m are positive or negative integers or
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Value1 WORD, Value of which we wish to know the number
DWORD, of occurrences in the arrayArray1.
INT, Of the same type as the elements of the
DINT, array Array 1.
REAL

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Occur_Number INT Number of occurrences of Value1 in the
array Array1.

102 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
OR_***_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 21
OR_***_***: Logical OR between arrays and variables

OR_***_***: Logical OR between arrays and variables

Description

Function description
The OR_***_*** function carries out a logical OR (bit to bit) between:
 the elements of two arrays,
 between a single type variable and the elements of an array,
 between the elements of an array and a single type variable.
NOTE: The result is always an array.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The functions available in the general library are the following:
 OR_AREBOOL (logical OR of two BOOL arrays).
 OR_ARWORD (logical OR of two WORD arrays).
 OR_ARWORD_WORD (logical OR of each element of a WORD array with a WORD).
 OR_ARDWORD_DWORD (logical OR of each element of a DWORD array with a DWORD).
 OR_ARDWORD (logical OR of two DWORD arrays).
The functions available in the Obsolete library are the following:
 OR_ARINT_INT (logical OR of each element of an INT array with an INT).
 OR_ARDINT_DINT (logical OR of each element of a DINT array with a DINT).
 OR_ARINT (logical OR of each element of an INT array with each element corresponding to
another INT array).
 OR_ARDINT (logical OR of each element of a DINT array with each element corresponding to
another DINT array).

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to a 16-bit string array and a 16-bit string:

33002519 10/2013 103

OR_***_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to a 16-bit string array and a 16-bit string:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to a 16-bit string array and a 16-bit string:
LD IN1
OR_ARWORD_WORD Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to a 16-bit string and a 16-bit string array:
Array1:= OR_ARWORD_WORD(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

104 33002519 10/2013

 OR_***_***

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Input_IN1 ARRAY [n..m] OF BOOL, n and m are positive or negative integers or
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Input_IN2 WORD, n and m are positive or negative integers or
DWORD, nil.
INT,
DINT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF BOOL,
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF BOOL, The elements of Array1 are the result of the
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, logical OR (bit to bit) between Input_IN1
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, and Input_IN2, which can be respectively:
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,  an array and a single variable,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT  an array and an array.

33002519 10/2013 105

OR_***_***

106 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ROL_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 22
ROL_***: Rotate shift to left

ROL_***: Rotate shift to left

Description

Function description
The ROL_*** function carries out a rotate shift of the elements of an array in the ascending
direction of the indices.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The functions available in the general library are the following:
 ROL_ARWORD,
 ROL_ARDWORD,
 ROL_ARINT,
 ROL_ARDINT,
 ROL_ARREAL.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer array:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 107

ROL_***

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer array:
LD Positions
ROL_ARINT Array1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer array:
ROL_ARINT(Positions, Array1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Positions INT Shift value according to the ascending indices
of the array.

Example: Positions = 2.
Note: if the value of Positions is negative
or nil, no shift is carried out.

The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, The elements of Array1 are moved a
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, number of positions equal to Positions.
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, The shift is carried out according to the
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT ascending indices.
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Example: With a shift register of 2, the
element previously situated in first position
goes to third (1+2), the second goes to fourth
(2+2), ..., the second last goes to first position
and the last goes to second position.

108 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ROR_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 23
ROR_***: Rotate shift to right

ROR_***: Rotate shift to right

Description

Function description
The ROR_*** function carries out a rotate shift of the elements of an array in the descending
direction of the indices.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The functions available in the general library are the following:
 ROR_ARWORD,
 ROR_ARDWORD,
 ROR_ARINT,
 ROR_ARDINT.
 ROR_ARREAL.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer array:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 109

ROR_***

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer array:
LD Positions
ROR_ARINT Array1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer array:
ROR_ARINT(Positions, Array1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Positions INT Shift value according to the descending
indices of the array.

Example: Positions = 2.
Note: if the value of Positions is negative
or nil, no shift is carried out.

The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, The elements of Array1 are moved a
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, number of positions equal to Positions.
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, The shift is carried out according to the
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT descending indicators.
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL
Example: With a shift register of 2, the
element previously situated in first position
goes to second last, the second goes to last,
the third goes to first (3-2), the fourth to
second (4 -2), etc.

110 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SORT_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 24
SORT_***: Ascending or descending sort

SORT_***: Ascending or descending sort

Description

Function description
The SORT_*** function sorts an array in ascending or descending order and arranges the sorted
elements in this same array.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 SORT_ARWORD,
 SORT_ARDWORD,
 SORT_ARINT,
 SORT_ARDINT,
 SORT_ARREAL.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer array:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 111

SORT_***

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer array:
LD Direction
SORT_ARINT Array1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer array:
SORT_ARINT(Direction, Array1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Direction INT Direction of sort to be carried out:
 Direction ≥ 0: ascending sort,
 Direction < 0: descending sort.

The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, Array sorted in the direction specified in
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, Direction, n and m are positive or negative
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, integers, or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL

112 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SUB_***_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 25
SUB_***_***: Subtraction from arrays

SUB_***_***: Subtraction from arrays

Description

Function description
The SUB_***_*** function carries out the subtraction:
 of the elements of an array from a number,
 of a number from the elements of an array,
 of the elements of an array from the respective elements of another array.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions for the subtraction of the elements of an array from a number or of a
number from the elements of an array are as follows:
 SUB_INT_ARINT (Subtraction of each element of an INT array from an INT).
 SUB_DINT_ARDINT (Subtraction of each element of an array of DINTs from a DINT).
 SUB_ARINT_INT (Subtraction of an INT from the elements of an array of INTs).
 SUB_ARDINT_DINT (Subtraction of a DINT from the elements of an array of DINTs).
The available functions for the subtraction of the elements of an array from the respective elements
of another array are as follows:
 SUB_ARINT (Subtraction of the respective elements of both arrays of INTs).
 SUB_ARDINT (Subtraction of the respective elements of both arrays of DINTs).

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to the subtraction of the elements of an array of integers from an integer:

33002519 10/2013 113

SUB_***_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to the subtraction of the elements of an array of integers from an integer:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to the subtraction of the elements of an array of integers from an integer:
LD Input_IN1
SUB_INT_ARINT Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to the subtraction of the elements of an array of integers from an integer:
Array1:= SUB_INT_ARINT(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

114 33002519 10/2013

 SUB_***_***

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Input_IN1 INT, Input_IN1 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or an array of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Input_IN2 INT, Input_ IN2 is either a single or double integer,
DINT, or an array of single or double integers, n and m
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT According to the type of Input_IN1 and
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT Input_IN2, each element of Array1 is the
subtraction:
 from a single or double integer Input_IN1
of the corresponding element of the array
Input_IN2 or else,
 from the elements of the array Input_IN1
of the single or double integer Input_IN2 or
else,
 from the elements of the array Input_IN1
of the respective elements of the array
Input_IN2.

Runtime errors
The management of the %S18 (see page 497) system bit is identical to that for operations on
words or double words.
If an operation between two elements sets the %S18 (see page 497) bit (overflow or division by
zero), the result for this operation is incorrect, but the operation on the following elements is carried
out correctly.

33002519 10/2013 115

SUB_***_***

116 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SUM_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 26
SUM_***: Sum of array elements

SUM_***: Sum of array elements

Description

Function description
The SUM_*** function calculates the sum of the elements of an array.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 SUM_ARINT,
 SUM_ARDINT,
 SUM_ARREAL.

Formula
The formula is as follows:

Description:

Element Signification
Array1 Array declared in the following way:
ARRAY [n..m] OF ...

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer array:

33002519 10/2013 117

SUM_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer array:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer array:
LD Array1
SUM_ARINT
ST Sum1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer array:
Sum1:= SUM_ARINT(Array1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT Double or single integer arrays or arrays of reals,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT n and m are positive or negative integers, or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF REAL

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Sum1 INT, DINT, REAL Sum of array elements assigned to input. The
sum is of the same type as the array elements.

Runtime errors
When the array contains an invalid value, the sum of its elements contains 0.0 and the bit %S18
(see page 497) = 1.
When the sum of elements is greater than the maximum authorized value, its value becomes
1.#INF and the bit %S18 = 1

118 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SWAP_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 27
SWAP_***: Permutation of the bytes of an array

SWAP_***: Permutation of the bytes of an array

Description

Function description
The SWAP_*** function carries out a permutation of the least significant bytes and the most
significant bytes of the elements of an array.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 SWAP_ARINT,
 SWAP_ARWORD.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer array:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer array:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer array:
LD Array1
SWAP_ARINT

33002519 10/2013 119

SWAP_***

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer array:
SWAP_ARINT(Array1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF INT n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD On output, the bytes of Array1 have been
permutated.

120 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
XOR_***_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 28
XOR_***_***: Exclusive OR between arrays

XOR_***_***: Exclusive OR between arrays

Description

Function description
The XOR_***_*** function carries out an exclusive logical OR (bit to bit) between:
 the elements of two arrays,
 between a single type variable and the elements of an array,
 between the elements of an array and a single type variable.
NOTE: The result is always an array.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The functions available in the general library are the following:
 XOR_AREBOOL (exclusive logical OR of two BOOL arrays).
 XOR_ARWORD (exclusive logical OR of two WORD arrays).
 XOR_ARWORD_WORD (exclusive logical OR of each element of a WORD array with a WORD).
 XOR_ARDWORD_WORD (exclusive logical OR of each element of a DWORD array with a
DWORD).
 XOR_ARDWORD (exclusive logical OR of two DWORD arrays).
The functions available in the Obsolete library are the following:
 XOR_ARINT_INT (exclusive logical OR of each element of an INT array with an INT).
 XOR_ARDINT_DINT (exclusive logical OR of each element of an DINT array with an DINT).
 XOR_ARINT (exclusive logical OR of each element of an INT array with each element
corresponding to another INT array).
 XOR_ARDINT (exclusive logical OR of each element of a DINT array with each element
corresponding to another DINT array).

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to a 16-bit string array and a 16-bit string:

33002519 10/2013 121

XOR_***_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to a 16-bit string array and a 16-bit string:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to a 16-bit string array and a 16-bit string:
LD Input_IN1
XOR_ARWORD_WORD Input_IN2
ST Array1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to a 16-bit string array and a 16-bit string:
Array1:= XOR_ARWORD_WORD(Input_IN1,Input_IN2);

122 33002519 10/2013

 XOR_***_***

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Input_IN1 ARRAY [n..m] OF BOOL, n and m are positive or negative integers or
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, nil.
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT
Input_IN2 WORD, n and m are positive or negative integers or
DWORD, nil.
INT,
DINT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF BOOL,
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD,
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT,
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1 ARRAY [n..m] OF BOOL, The elements of Array1 are the result of the
ARRAY [n..m] OF WORD, exclusive logical OR (bit to bit) between
ARRAY [n..m] OF DWORD, Input_ IN1 and Input_IN2, which can be
ARRAY [n..m] OF INT, respectively:
ARRAY [n..m] OF DINT  an array and a single variable,
 a single variable and an array,
 an array and an array.

33002519 10/2013 123

XOR_***_***

124 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
CLC_INT
33002519 10/2013

Part III
CLC_INT

CLC_INT

Overview
This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of the CLC_INT
family.

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
29 Introduction to integer regulation functions 127
30 PID_INT: PID controller 133
31 PWM_INT: Pulse width modulation of a numerical value 141
32 SERVO_INT: Servo drive function 145

33002519 10/2013 125

CLC_INT

126 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
Introduction to regulation EFs
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 29
Introduction to integer regulation functions

Introduction to integer regulation functions

Subject of this Chapter

This chapter provides the basic notions necessary for the use and implementation of the following
integer regulation functions:
 PID_INT,
 PWM_INT,
 SERVO_INT.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
General Introduction 128
Principal of the regulation loop 129
Development methodology for a regulation application 130
Programming a regulation function 131
Behavior of functions in operating modes 132

33002519 10/2013 127

Introduction to regulation EFs

General Introduction

General
The regulation functions are the standard elements of the language.
They are used to program regulation loops.
These functions are particularly adapted to:
 meeting the requirements of sequential processes which need auxiliary regulation functions
(e.g.: plastic film packaging machines, finishing treatment machines, presses etc.)
 meeting the requirements of simple regulation processes (e.g.: metal furnaces, ceramic
furnaces, small refrigerating units etc.),
 meeting the specific requirements of mechanical regulation or feedback control where sampling
time is critical (e.g.: torque regulation, speed regulation).
NOTE: There is no limit on the number of PID_INT functions that are available in an application.
In practice, it is the maximum number of input and output modules which are accepted by the PLC
that limits the number of loops.

Available functions
The basic regulation functions are the following:
 the PID_INT function to execute a mixed PID_INT correction (serial – parallel),
 the PWM_INT function to execute the modulation adjustment period on the discrete outputs,
 the SERVO_INT function to execute the motor command adaptations.

128 33002519 10/2013

 Introduction to regulation EFs

Principal of the regulation loop

At a Glance
A regulation loop has three distinct operating phases:
 the acquisition of data:
 measurements from the process’ sensors (analog, encoders),
 setpoint(s) generally from PLC internal variables or from data from the operator terminal.

 execution of the PID regulation algorithm,

 the sending of commands adapted to the characteristics of the actuators to be driven via the
discrete or analog outputs.
The PID algorithm generates the command signal from:
 the measurement sampled by the input nodule,
 the setpoint value fixed by either the operator or the program,
 the values of the different corrector parameters.
The signal from the corrector is either directly handled by an analog output card of the PLC linked
to the actuator, or handled via the PWM or SERVO adjustments depending on the types of actuator
to be driven on a discrete output card of the PLC.

Illustration
The following diagram schematizes the principal of a regulation loop.

33002519 10/2013 129

Introduction to regulation EFs

Development methodology for a regulation application

Flow diagram
The following diagram shows the links between tasks to be carried out during the creation and
debugging of a regulation application (the order shown here is for information purposes only).

130 33002519 10/2013

 Introduction to regulation EFs

Programming a regulation function

Programming rules
The regulation function parameters must all be entered. The functions use 3 kinds of parameters:
 read only parameters, considered at the beginning of the function’s execution,
 write only parameters, positioned at the conclusion of the function’s execution,
 the read and write parameters, whose contents are considered at the beginning of the function’s
execution, are then updated by the results of the function.
NOTE: The regulation functions must be programmed in a periodic task (periodic MAST or FAST).
They must not be conditioned.

Parametering
The word type input parameters are analog dimensions expressed on the scale [0, +10000] and
can be directly connected to measurement sensors via the %IWr.m.c words of the analog inputs.
The bit type output parameters can be used to control discrete actuators and can be directly
connected to the %Qr.m.c. type variables.
In the same way, the word type output parameters can be used to control analog actuators on the
scale [0, +10000] and can be directly assigned to %QWr.m.c type variables.
The ARRAY [0..n] OF INT or %MWi:L integer table type parameters contain the user parameters
and data necessary to the internal operation of the function.
If the length of a table is insufficient, the function is not executed.
NOTE: In order to keep the adjustment parameters of the regulation on cold start function, it is
necessary to delete the %MWi reset to zero option (in the processor’s configuration screen)

33002519 10/2013 131

Introduction to regulation EFs

Behavior of functions in operating modes

Introduction
This paragraph describes the behavior of the functions in different start-up scenarios:
 cold start (new application, change of cartridge…),
 warm restart (power return without changing the application context),
 first execution after adding a function via modification in connected mode.

Cold start
This type of start occurs for a new application or a change of cartridge
On a cold start, the PLC can start automatically in RUN (according to the application’s
configuration). The function correctors have the following security behavior: manual mode, outputs
at 0. In addition, this supports the switching of the PLC into RUN mode without carrying out the PID
adjustment, then its debugging with the operator terminal (the adjustment can only be performed
in RUN).

Warm restart
This type of restart occurs for a power return, without changing the application context.
With a power return after an outage (regardless of how long it lasted) and if the application context
is not lost or modified, the functions go back to their state before the outage. If the user wants to
use another type of behavior, it is his responsibility to test the %S1 system bit and to associate the
required processing with it (forcing in manual mode…).
NOTE: The PLC’s time-and-date stamp allows you find out the duration of the last outage.

Adding a new call in connected mode

Following the addition of a new function regulation call in connected mode, an identical initialization
to the case of the cold start is carried out.
NOTE: In order to be seen as a new function, this must use a new parameter table. Therefore, the
removal of a PID_INT function, followed by the addition of a PID_INT function that uses the same
parameter table is not considered as an addition of a new PID. In this case the PID is executed in
the same state and with the same parameters as the preceding PID.

132 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
PID_INT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 30
PID_INT: PID controller

PID_INT: PID controller

Subject of this Chapter

This chapter describes the PID_INT function.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Function description 134
Description of Derived Data 138

33002519 10/2013 133

PID_INT

Function description

Function description
The PID_INT function carries out PID-type regulation on INT type inputs and outputs.
The measurement and the setpoint are analog data in [0-10000] format and generate an analog
command in the same format.
The PID_INT EF comprises the following functions:
 serial / parallel PID algorithm,
 forward / backward action (according to the KP gain sign),
 action derived from measurement or from distance,
 high and low limitation of the setpoint to [0-10000],
 high and low limitation of the output in automatic mode,
 anti-saturation of the integral action,
 Manual/Automatic operating modes without step by step on change,
 PID access control through the Human Machine Interface,
 operating in integrator for (KP = TD =0).

NOTE:
 The display parameters used by the operator terminal are shown in physical units.
 For a correct PID operation, you must stay within the scale of [0-1000] for the measurement and
the setpoint.
 The PID function can be entered in any periodic task (MAST or FAST). The function does not
have to be conditioned.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

134 33002519 10/2013

 PID_INT

Operating synoptic
The following illustration provides the operating synoptic for the PID function.

33002519 10/2013 135

PID_INT

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Input_Tag
PID_INT Input_Unit, Input_PV, In_Out_Auto, In_Out_Para, PID_Out

Representation in ST
Representation:
PID_INT(Input_Tag, Input_Unit, Input_PV, In_Out_Auto, In_Out_Para,
PID_Out);

136 33002519 10/2013

 PID_INT

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Input_Tag STRING Name of PID used by the terminal.
String of 8 characters
Input_ Unit STRING Unit of measurement used by the terminal.
String of 6 characters
Input_PV INT Process value input
Measurement format [0..10000].

The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

In_Out_Auto EBOOL Input/output bit which indicates and manages
the operating modes of the PID and the
terminal:
 0 : manual,
 1 : auto.

In_Out_Para ARRAY [n..m] OF n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.

INT PID parameter input/output table, the first 16
values of which are described below, the other
values being used for internal processing.
Table of 43 integers.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

PID_Out INT Analog output of PID, if TI = 0, an offset of 5000
is added to the OUT output in auto mode.
Output format [0;+10000].

33002519 10/2013 137

PID_INT

Description of Derived Data

Description of PARA Table

The table below presents the different parameters of the PARA table:

Parameter Rank Function

SP PARA[0] Internal setpoint in 0 - 10000 format.
OUT_MAN PARA[1] Value of the manual output of the PID (between 0 and 10000).
KP PARA[2] Proportional gain of the PID (x100), signed without unit (-10000<KP<+10000).
The Kp sign determines the direction of the PID’s action (negative: forward,
positive: reverse).
TI PARA[3] The PID’s integral time (between 0 and 20000) is shown in 0.1 seconds.
TD PARA[4] The PID’s derivative time (between 0 and 10000) is shown in 0.1 seconds.
TS PARA[5] The PID’s sampling period (between 1 and 32000) is shown in 0.01 seconds.
The real sampling period will be the multiple of the period of the task in which
the PID closest to the TS is introduced.
OUT_MAX PARA[6] Upper limit of the PID’s output in automatic (between 0 and 10000).
OUT_MIN PARA[7] Lower limit of the PID’s output in automatic (between 0 and 10000).
PV_DEV PARA[8].0 Derived action choice 0 = on process variable, 1 = on deviation.
NO_BUMP PARA[8].4 Bumpless or non-bumpless mode.
0 = non-bumpless, 1 = bumpless.
PV_SUP* PARA[9] Upper limit of the measurement scale’s range, in a physical unit (x100)
(between –9 999 999 and +9 999 999).
PV_INF* PARA[11] These two integers are, respectively, the most significant and least significant
PARA[12] of a double integer, that is the lower limit of the measurement scale’s range, in
a physical unit (x100) (between -9 99 999 and + 9 999 999).
PV_MMI* PARA[13] These two integers are, respectively, the most significant and least significant
PARA[14] of a double integer, that is the image of the measurement in a physical unit
(x100).
SP_MMI* PARA[15] These two integers are, respectively, the most significant and least significant
PARA[16] of a double integer, that is the operator setpoint and image of the setpoint in a
physical unit (x100).
* Value used by the operator terminal.

NOTE: The PL7 parameter DEVAL_MMI is not available in Unity Pro.

138 33002519 10/2013

 PID_INT

WARNING
UNEXPECTED APPLICATION BEHAVIOR
Do not modify parameters used by the PID’s internal management by the application.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment
damage.

NOTE: The values used by the terminal are multiplied by 100 in order to support a display with 2
figures after the decimal point on the terminal (the terminal does not use floating point format but
supports a fixed comma format).

Rules
There is no internal setpoint alignment on the measurement in manual mode.
The settings on the scale only take place on modification of one of the setpoints (SP or DOP_SP).
The algorithm without the integral action (TI = 0) carries out the following operation:

For Then the output With

OUT = KP [ t+ Dt] / 100 + 5000 Dt = derived action

The algorithm with the integral action (TI <0) carries out the following operation:

For Then the output With

OUT = KP [ t+(TS/10.TI). t+ Dt]/100 OUT Dt = derived action

= OUT + OUT

On a cold start, the PID starts off again in manual, with the output at 0. To impose the automatic
mode or a manual output that is not at 0 after a cold start, you will have to program the initialization
sequence after the PID call.

33002519 10/2013 139

PID_INT

140 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
PWM_INT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 31
PWM_INT: Pulse width modulation of a numerical value

PWM_INT: Pulse width modulation of a numerical value

Description

Function description
The PWM_INT function carries out pulse width regulation on a Discrete output. It is a function that
formats a PID output.
The pulse width depends on the PID’s output (The PWM function’s INP input) and the modulation
period.
NOTE: the PWM_INT function can be entered in any periodic task (MAST or FAST). The function
does not have to be conditioned.

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Operating synoptic
The following diagram shows the operating synoptic of the PWM function:

33002519 10/2013 141

PWM_INT

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Input_INP
PWM_INT In_Out_Para, PW_O_Out

Representation in ST
Representation:
PWM_INT(Input_INP, In_Out_Para, PW_O_Out);

142 33002519 10/2013

 PWM_INT

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Input_INP INT Analog value to be modulated in pulse width
(format [0 – 10000]).

The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

In_Out_Para ARRAY [n..m] OF n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
INT Input/output table of function parameters. The
first word corresponds to the parameter T_MOD.
Modulation period expressed in 1/100ths of
seconds (between 0 and 32767). T_MOD must be
greater than or equal to the current task period,
and is adjusted by the system to be an integer
that is a multiple of this.
The following integers are used internally by the
function and must never be modified by the
application.
Table of 5 integers.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

PW_O _Out EBOOL Analog output of PID, if TI = 0, an offset of 5000
is added to the OUT output in auto mode.

33002519 10/2013 143

PWM_INT

Pulse widths
To each Top of the T_MOD modulation period, the activation period in 10-3 seconds of the
PW_O_Out (PW_O) output is calculated according to the following formula:
State 1 of the gap (shown in 10-2 seconds) = INP * T_MOD / 1000
The following timing diagram illustrates this formula:

Practical rules
T_MOD = TS (where TS is the sampling period of the upstream PID).
The period of the current task (expressed in 10-3 seconds) is equal to:
(Required resolution)* 10 * T_MOD.
The PID is in the MAST task, the MAST’s period is 50*10-3 s, TS = 500*10-2 s and the required
resolution is 1/50 (a T_MOD period must contain at least 50 periods of the current task).

Let T_MOD = TS = 500.

The period of the task in which the PWM is introduced must be less than
500 * 10 / 50 =100 10-3 s.
The PWM function can therefore be programmed in the MAST task.
The resolution will be 1/100.

144 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SERVO_INT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 32
SERVO_INT: Servo drive function

SERVO_INT: Servo drive function

Description

Function description
The SERVO_INT function carries out a regulation with a motor-type actuator driven by two Discrete
outputs (UP and DOWN).
NOTE:
 A SERVO_INT function can be entered in any periodic task (MAST or FAST). The function does
not have to be conditioned.
 It must be connected in tandem with the analog output of a PID. It cannot be used alone.

When there is a copy of a position, the valve’s position is locked via the Input_Inp (setpoint) and
Input_Pot (position measurement) inputs.
When the copy does not physically exist, the algorithm no longer uses the PID’s absolute output
but the output’s variation. The Out_Up output (or Out_Down, according to the variation sign) is set
to 1 for a length of time proportional to the actuator opening time and to the variation of the value.
Also, the notion of minimum pulse time is introduced.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 145

SERVO_INT

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Input_Inp
SERVO_INT Input_Pot, In_Out_Pid, In_Out_Para, Out_Up, Out_Down

Representation in ST
Representation:
SERVO_INT(Input_Inp, Input_Pot, In_Out_Pid, In_Out_Para, Out_Up,
Out_Down);

146 33002519 10/2013

 SERVO_INT

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Input_Inp INT Position setpoint ([0 -10000] format) that has to be
connected to the PID output.
Input_Pot INT Position copy, ([0 -10000] format)
0 : closed valve; 10000: open valve.
If the copy does not exist, Input_POT must be
initialized at -10000. This particular value
indicates "no copy".

The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

In_Out_Pid ARRAY [n..m] OF n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
INT Parameter table of upstream PID (see page 138),
used if there are no copy words for the
synchronization with the upstream PID.
Table of 43 integers.
In_Out_Para ARRAY [n..m] OF n and m are positive or negative integers or nil.
INT The first three parameters are used if the copy
does not exist (Input_POT = -10000):
 In_Out_PARA[0] also called T_MOTOR is
the valve opening time expressed in 10-2 s.
 In_Out_PARA[1] also called T_MINI is the
minimum pulse expressed in 10-2 s.
 In_Out_PARA[2] also called HYST is the
hysteresis value in [0-10000] format.
Note: the other parameters that are used by the
function’s internal management must never be
modified by the application. All the parameters
are obligatory, regardless of the operating mode.
Table of 10 integers.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Out_Up EBOOL Output signal for the motor’s Out_Up operating
direction.
Out_Down EBOOL Output signal for the motor’s Out_Down
operating direction.

33002519 10/2013 147

SERVO_INT

Principle of operating with a position copy

The SERVO_INT function locks the motor’s position according to a setpoint of the Input_Inp
(INP) position from a PID’s output in [0 - 10000] format, and to a Input_Pot (POT) position
measurement.
The locking algorithm is a relay with hysteresis.
In this case, the PID, T_MOTOR and T_MINI parameters are not used.

Principle of operating without a position copy (POT= -10000)

In this case, the SERVO_INT function is synchronized with the upstream PID by using the PID
parameter table passed on to the SERVO_INT function as a parameter.
The algorithm receives in input the PID’s variation output and converts it into pulse period,
according to the following formula:
T_IMP (expressed in 10-3 s) = OUT x T_MOTOR / 1000
The acquired period is added to the remaining period of the preceding cycles: In fact, what is not
"consumed" in a cycle is memorized for the following cycles. This ensures correct operation,
especially where there are sudden variations in the command (e.g.: PID setpoint scale division)
and in manual mode.

148 33002519 10/2013

 SERVO_INT

Example
The example below is in Ladder language:

Label Description
1 The PID output variation is +20 % (T_MOTOR pulse =25 s for a 100 % variation).
In this case, the pulse affects the UP output for a period of 5 s.
2 The PID variation is +2 %, which would correspond to a pulse of 0.5 s. This pulse
is less than T_MINI (=1 s.), and it does not affect the outputs.
3 A second variation of +2 % appears and the function adds this variation to the
previous one (which corresponded to a variation less than the minimal value),
which corresponds to a positive global variation of +4 %, and therefore to a pulse
of 1 s on the UP output.
4 A variation of -24 % appears and the activated pulse is therefore of 6 s on the
DOWN output.
5 Before the following second has elapsed, another variation of +22 % brings the
system back to a global variation of 2 % < the variation of T_MINI (4 %). The
function finishes carrying out the minimal pulse of 1 s.

Note 1: The SERVO_INT function does not manage the position limits. These must be managed
by the application. If a limit is detected, you must force the corresponding output to 0 (UP for the
high limit, DOWN for the low limit).

33002519 10/2013 149

SERVO_INT

Example: in Ladder language

Note 2: It is possible to switch from the operating mode with copy to the mode without copy (for
example: when a copy error occurs, go to mode without copy).

150 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
Comparison
33002519 10/2013

Part IV
Comparison

Comparison

Overview
This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of the
Comparison family.

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
33 EQ: Equal to 153
34 GE: Greater than or equal to 155
35 GT: Greater than 159
36 LE: Less than or equal to 163
37 LT: Less than 167
38 NE: Not equal to 171

33002519 10/2013 151

Comparison

152 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
EQ
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 33
EQ: Equal to

EQ: Equal to

Description

Function description
This function checks the inputs for equality, i.e. the output becomes "1" if there is equality at all
inputs; otherwise, the output remains at "0".
The data types of all input values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = 1, if (IN1 = IN2) & (IN2 = IN3) & .. & (IN (n-1) = IN n)

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 153

EQ

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value1
EQ Value2
ST Result

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result := EQ (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Valuen BOOL, BYTE, WORD, n. input
DWORD, STRING, INT, n = max 32
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Result BOOL Output

Runtime error
If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data type REAL, the
system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (see page 501).

154 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
GE
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 34
GE: Greater than or equal to

GE: Greater than or equal to

Description

Function description
The function checks the values of successive inputs for a decreasing sequence or equality.
The data types of all input values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32.
When comparing variables of the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME, DATE, DT and TOD data types, the values are compared with each other.
STRING variables are compared using the alphabet; variables at the end of the alphabet are higher
priority expressions than those at the front.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = 1, if (IN1 ≥ IN2) & (IN2 ≥ IN3) & .. & (IN (n-1) ≥ IN n)

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 155

GE

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value1
GE Value2
ST Result

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result := GE (Value1, Value2) ;

156 33002519 10/2013

 GE

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Valuen BOOL, BYTE, WORD, n. input
DWORD, STRING, INT, n = max 32
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Result BOOL Output

Runtime error
If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data type REAL, the
system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (see page 501).

33002519 10/2013 157

GE

158 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
GT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 35
GT: Greater than

GT: Greater than

Description

Function description
The function checks the values of successive inputs for a decreasing sequence.
The data types of all input values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32.
When comparing variables of the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME, DATE, DT and TOD data types, the values are compared with each other.
STRING variables are compared using the alphabet; variables at the end of the alphabet are higher
priority expressions than those at the front.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = 1, if (IN1 > IN2) & (IN2 > IN3) & .. (IN (n-1) > IN n)

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 159

GT

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value1
GT Value2
ST Result

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result := GT (Value1, Value2) ;

160 33002519 10/2013

 GT

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Valuen BOOL, BYTE, WORD, n. input
DWORD, STRING, INT, n = max 32
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Result BOOL Output

Runtime error
If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data type REAL, the
system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (see page 501).

33002519 10/2013 161

GT

162 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
LE
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 36
LE: Less than or equal to

LE: Less than or equal to

Description

Function description
The function checks the values of successive inputs for an increasing sequence or equality.
The data types of all input values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32.
When comparing variables of the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME, DATE, DT and TOD data types, the values are compared with each other.
STRING variables are compared using the alphabet; variables at the end of the alphabet are higher
priority expressions than those at the front.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = 1, if (IN1 ≤IN2) & (IN2 ≤IN3) & .. & (IN (n-1) ≤IN n)

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 163

LE

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value1
LE Value2
ST Result

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result := LE (Value1, Value2) ;

164 33002519 10/2013

 LE

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Valuen BOOL, BYTE, WORD, n. input
DWORD, STRING, INT, n = max 32
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Result BOOL Output

Runtime error
If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data type REAL, the
system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (see page 501).

33002519 10/2013 165

LE

166 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
LT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 37
LT: Less than

LT: Less than

Description

Function description
The function checks the values of successive inputs for an increasing sequence.
The data types of all input values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32.
When comparing variables of the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME, DATE, DT and TOD data types, the values are compared with each other.
STRING variables are compared using the alphabet; variables at the end of the alphabet are higher
priority expressions than those at the front.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = 1, if (IN1 < IN2) & (IN2 < IN3) & .. & (IN (n-1) < IN n)

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 167

LT

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value1
LT Value2
ST Result

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result := LT (Value1, Value2) ;

168 33002519 10/2013

 LT

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input value
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input value
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Valuen BOOL, BYTE, WORD, n. input value
DWORD, STRING, INT, n = max 32
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Result BOOL Output value

Runtime error
If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data type REAL, the
system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (see page 501).

33002519 10/2013 169

LT

170 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
NE
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 38
NE: Not equal to

NE: Not equal to

Description

Function description
The function checks the input values for inequality.
The data types of the input values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = 1, if IN1 < > IN2

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 171

NE

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value1
NE Value2
ST Result

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result := NE (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input
DWORD, STRING, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL, TIME, DATE,
DT, TOD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Result BOOL Output

Runtime error
If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data type REAL, the
system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (see page 501).

172 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
Date & Time
33002519 10/2013

Part V
Date & Time

Date & Time

Overview
This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of the Date &
Time family.

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
39 ADD_***_TIME: Addition of a duration to a date 175
40 DIVTIME: Division 177
41 MULTIME: Multiplication 179
42 SUB_***_***: Calculates the time difference between two dates or times 181
43 SUB_***_TIME: Subtraction of a duration from a date 183

33002519 10/2013 173

Date & Time

174 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ADD_***_TIME
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 39
ADD_***_TIME: Addition of a duration to a date

ADD_***_TIME: Addition of a duration to a date

Description

Function description
The ADD_***_TIME function adds a duration to a date or a time.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 ADD_DT_TIME,
 ADD_TOD_TIME.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to a time of day:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to a time of day:

33002519 10/2013 175

ADD_***_TIME

Representation in IL
Representation applied to a time of day:
LD Source_Value
ADD_TOD_TIME Time_to_Add
ST Result_Value

Representation in ST
Representation applied to a time of day:
Result_Value:= ADD_TOD_TIME(Source_Value, Time_to_Add);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Source_Value DT, TOD Date or time.
Time_to_Add TIME Duration to be added to Source_Value

Note: this duration is expressed in TIME format with a

precision to the order of tenths of a second. As the types
DT and TOD are expressed to the nearest second,
Time_to_Add is rounded off to the second.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_Value DT, TOD Result_Value is of the same type as
Source_Value.

NOTE: the management of leap years is to be provided for in the application.

Runtime errors
For the type TOD, there is a change of day if Result_Value is outside the authorized values. In
this case, the system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set at 1 and the value of Result_Value is only
significant with a modulo 24:00:00.
For the type DT, if Result_Value is outside the interval of authorized values, the system bit
%S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the value of Result_Value is equal to the maximum limit.
If one of the input parameters cannot be interpreted and is inconsistent with the function format
then the system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set at 1 and Result_Value applies:
 00:00:00 for the type TOD.
 00001-01-01-00:00:00 for the type DT.

176 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DIVTIME
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 40
DIVTIME: Division

DIVTIME: Division

Description

Function description
The function divides the value at the TIME_variable (data type TIME) input with the value at the
Divisor input and assigns the result to the output.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 177

DIVTIME

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD TIME_variable
DIVTIME Divisor
ST Quotient

Representation in ST
Representation:
Quotient := DIVTIME (TIME_variable, Divisor) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

TIME_variable TIME Dividend
Divisor INT, DINT, UINT, Divisor
UDINT, REAL

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Quotient TIME Quotient

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 an invalid division by 0 is executed (all available data types)
or
 an unauthorized floating point number is set at an input parameter of data type REAL. In this
case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (see page 501).
NOTE: For a list of all block error codes and values, see Date & Time, page 490.

178 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
MULTIME
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 41
MULTIME: Multiplication

MULTIME: Multiplication

Description

Function description
The function multiplies the input values and assigns the result to the output.
The data type of the 1st input value (TIME_variable) must be a TIME data type.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = IN1 x IN2

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 179

MULTIME

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD TIME_variable
MULTIME Factor
ST Product

Representation in ST
Representation:
Product := MULTIME (TIME_variable, Factor) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

TIME_variable TIME Multiplicand (factor)
Factor INT, DINT, UINT, Multiplier (factor)
UDINT, REAL

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Product TIME Product

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 the value range at the output has been exceeded (all available data types)
or
 an unauthorized floating-point number is set at an input parameter of data type REAL. In this
case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (see page 501).
NOTE: For a list of all block error codes and values, see Date & Time, page 490.

180 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SUB_***_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 42
SUB_***_***: Calculates the time difference between two dates or times

SUB_***_***: Calculates the time difference between two

dates or times

Description

Function description
The SUB_***_*** function calculates the time difference between two dates or times.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 SUB_DATE_DATE,
 SUB_DT_DT,
 SUB_TOD_TOD.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to a time of day:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to a time of day:

33002519 10/2013 181

SUB_***_***

Representation in IL
Representation applied to a time of day:
LD Input_IN1
SUB_TOD_TOD Input_IN2
ST Delay1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to a time of day:
Delay1:= =SUB_TOD_TOD(Input_IN1, Input_IN2);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Input_IN1 DATE, DT, Date or time for which we wish to calculate the
TOD difference with Input_IN2.
Input_IN2 DATE, DT, Date or time for which we wish to calculate the
TOD difference with Input_IN2.
Of the same type as the elements of the table
Input_IN1.

NOTE: Input_IN1 and Input_IN2 must be of the same type.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Delay1 TIME Delay1 contains the time expressed as an absolute
value elapsed between the two entries Input_IN1 and
Input_IN2.

Runtime errors
If Delay1 exceeds the maximum value allowed for a TIME format, there is overrun, then Delay1
= 0 and the system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1.
If one of the input parameters is not interpretable and coherent in the function format, then Delay1
= 0 and the system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1.

182 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SUB_***_TIME
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 43
SUB_***_TIME: Subtraction of a duration from a date

SUB_***_TIME: Subtraction of a duration from a date

Description

Function description
The SUB_***_TIME function removes a duration from a date or a time.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 SUB_DT_TIME,
 SUB_TOD_TIME.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to a time of day:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to a time of day:

33002519 10/2013 183

SUB_***_TIME

Representation in IL
Representation applied to a time of day:
LD Source_Value
SUB_TOD_TIME Time_to_Sub
ST Result_Value

Representation in ST
Representation applied to a time of day:
Result_Value:= SUB_TOD_TIME(Source_Value, Time_to_Sub);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Source_Value DT, TOD Date or time.
Time_to_Sub TIME Duration to subtract from Source_Value

Note: this duration is expressed in TIME format (with a

precision to the order of tenths of a second). As the
types DT and TOD are expressed to the nearest
second, Time_to_Sub is rounded off to the second.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_Value DT, TOD Result_Value is of the same type as
Source_Value.

NOTE: the management of leap years is to be provided for in the application.

Runtime errors
For the type TOD, there is a change of day if Result_Value is outside the interval of authorized
values. In this case the system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set at 1 and the value of
Result_Value is only significant with a modulo 24:00:00.
For the type DT, if Result_Value is outside the interval of authorized values, the system bit
%S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the value of Result_Value is equal to the minimum limit.
If one of the input parameters cannot be interpreted and is inconsistent with the function format
then the system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set at 1 and Result_Value applies:
 00:00:00 for the type TOD.
 00001-01-01-00:00:00 for the type DT.

184 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
Extract
33002519 10/2013

Part VI
Extract

Extract

Overview
This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of the Extract
family.

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
44 EXTRACT: Copy of a variable part into another variable 187
45 SIZEOF: Size of a variable in bytes 191

33002519 10/2013 185

Extract

186 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
EXTRACT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 44
EXTRACT: Copy of a variable part into another variable

EXTRACT: Copy of a variable part into another variable

Description

Function description
The EXTRACT function copies a defined part out of a source variable (SRC) into a destination
variable (DST).
NOTE: Parts of Arrays of EBOOL and IODDTs can not be copied because SRC and DST are of
data type ANY.

Data types of source and destination variables can be different.

As SRC and DST are of data type ANY and you can copy any part of a variable to any another
variable, there will be no validity check for the copy operation.

WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Check the results of all modified variables before re-starting your process application.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or equipment
damage.

The memory size of the source variable (SRC) is identified by the function block (in bytes) internally.
Depending on the alignment of the different PLC platforms the memory size can differ from
platform to platform.
SRC_NELEM defines the number of parts of the source variable. The memory size of the source
variable (in bytes) is divided by SRC_NELEM, and so the size of every part is defined.
Example

Variable SRC_NELEM Size of part

ARRAY[0..9] OF WORD 5 DWORD (4 bytes)
10 WORD (2 bytes)
20 BYTE

The value of SRC_NELEM must allow the division of the memory size of the source variable without
remainder.

33002519 10/2013 187

EXTRACT

The number of elements to be copied (CPY_NELEM) out of the source variable starts from a defined
position (SRC_POS) and is copied to a defined position in the destination variable (DST_POS).
NOTE: SRC_POS and DST_POS define the position of the parts to be copied based on 0 to n.

Example with SRC_NELEM = 10

Variable SRC_POS Position in ARRAY

ARRAY[0..9] OF WORD 2 2
ARRAY[5..14] OF WORD 2 7

The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

You can use the SIZEOF function (see page 191) to set the value of SRC_NELEM input to the
number of bytes of the source variable.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

188 33002519 10/2013

 EXTRACT

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Array1_10_of_DDT
EXTRACT Source_Num_Ele, Source_Pos, Dest_Pos, Copy_Num_Ele,
Array_1_20_of_DDT, Copy_Status

Representation in ST
Representation:
EXTRACT(Array1_10_of_DDT, Source_Num_Ele, Source_Pos, Dest_Pos,
Copy_Num_Ele, Array1_20_of_DDT, Copy_Status);

Description of Parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1_10_of_DDT ANY Source variable from which a defined number of parts
(Copy_Num_Ele) is copied to the destination variable
(Array_1_20_of_DDT).
Source_Num_Ele UDINT number of parts of the source variable
The memory size of the source variable (in bytes) is
divided by Source_Num_Ele, and so the size of every
part is defined.
Source_Pos UDINT position of the first part to be copied from the source
variable
The position is based on 0 to n.
Dest_Pos UDINT position of the first part to be copied to the destination
variable
The position is based on 0 to n.
Copy_Num_Ele UDINT number of parts of the source variable which is copied
to the destination variable

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array_1_20_of_DDT ANY Destination variable to which a defined number of parts
(Copy_Num_Ele) is copied from the source variable
(Array_1_10_of_DDT).
ERR INT runtime errors
For the values see table below

33002519 10/2013 189

EXTRACT

Runtime Detected Errors

Values of ERR

Value Description
0 Copy action has been successful.
<0 invalid parameters
Copy action has not been performed.
>0 Parameters are suspect but valid.
Copy action has been performed.
-1 Number of parts of source (SRC_NELEM) not defined.
-2 Number of parts does not match the size of the source variable.
Memory size of the source variable is not divisible without remainder.
-3 SRC_POS is outside source variable bounds.
-4 DST_POS is outside destination variable bounds.
1 CPY_NELEM = 0, no parts to be copied
Parameter is suspect but valid.
2 Not all parts could be copied to the destination variable for lack of space. Parts
to be copied have been shortened.

190 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SIZEOF
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 45
SIZEOF: Size of a variable in bytes

SIZEOF: Size of a variable in bytes

Description

Function description
The SIZEOF function delivers the memory size of a variable in bytes.
Depending on the alignment of the different PLC platforms the memory size can differ from
platform to platform.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Array1_10_of_DDT
SIZEOF
ST Size_Struct

33002519 10/2013 191

SIZEOF

Representation in ST
Representation:
Size_Struct:= SIZEOF(Array1_10_of_DDT);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Array1_10_of_DDT ANY variable, whose memory size in bytes should be
detected

The following table describes the output parameter

Parameter Type Comment

Size_Struct UDINT number of bytes detected for the variable connected
to the IN pin

192 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
Logic
33002519 10/2013

Part VII
Logic

Logic

Overview
This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of the Logic
family.

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
46 AND: AND function 195
47 F_TRIG: Falling edge detection 197
48 FE: Detection of Falling Edge 199
49 NOT: Negation 201
50 OR: OR function 203
51 R_TRIG: Rising edge detection 205
52 RE: Detection of Rising Edge 207
53 RESET: Setting of a bit to 0 209
54 ROL: Rotate left 211
55 ROR: Rotate right 213
56 RS: Bistable function block, reset dominant 215
57 SET: Setting of a bit to 1 217
58 SHL: Shift left 219
59 SHR: Shift right 221
60 SR: Bistable function block, set dominant 223
61 TRIGGER: Detection of all edges 225
62 XOR: Exclusive OR function 227

33002519 10/2013 193

Logic

194 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
AND
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 46
AND: AND function

AND: AND function

Description

Function description
The function for a bit-by-bit AND link of the bit sequences at the inputs and assigns the result to
the output.
The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Further available functions

When using a Premium PLC, the following functions are also available in the Obsolete library:
 AND_DINT
 AND_INT

The functionality of these functions is identical to the function AND.

Formula
OUT = IN1 & IN2 & ... & INn

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 195

AND

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value_1
AND Value_2
ST Result

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result := AND (Value_1, Value_2) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value_1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD
Value_2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD
Value_n BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence (n = max. 32)
DWORD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Result BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output bit sequence
DWORD

196 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
F_TRIG
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 47
F_TRIG: Falling edge detection

F_TRIG: Falling edge detection

Description

Function description
This function block is used for the detection of falling edges 1 -> 0.
Output Q becomes "1" if there is a transition from "1" to "0" at the CLK input. The output will remain
at "1" from one function block execution to the next; the output subsequently returns to "0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
CAL F_TRIG_Instance (CLK:=ClockInput, Q=>Output)

33002519 10/2013 197

F_TRIG

Representation in ST
Representation:
F_TRIG_Instance (CLK:=ClockInput, Q=>Output) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

CLK BOOL Clock input

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Q BOOL Output

198 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
FE
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 48
FE: Detection of Falling Edge

FE: Detection of Falling Edge

Description

Function description
The FE function detects the passage from 1 to 0 (Falling Edge (see Unity Pro, Program Languages
and Structure, Reference Manual )) of the bit associated with it.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.
NOTE: You can alternatively use for EBOOL also R_TRIG, F_TRIG and TRIGGER, which are
working independant from the history bit of the EBOOL type.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
The FE function cannot be used in LD. You have to use equivalent LD functions.
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Start_Button
FE
ST Start_Pulse

33002519 10/2013 199

FE

Representation in ST
Representation:
Start_Pulse:= FE (Start_Button);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Start_Button EBOOL Discrete input or output or internal bit whose Falling
Edge we wish to detect.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Start_Pulse BOOL Internal bit or output representing the Falling Edge.

The EBOOL variable has to be written once in every scan of the CPU. In all other cases a
malfunction is possible. Only the discrete input can be used without restrictions, because it is
written from the I/O management of the CPU.

Trend diagram
Timing diagram:

T T is equal to a PLC cycle time for an input and is the delay between two assignments for a discrete output
or an internal bit.

200 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
NOT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 49
NOT: Negation

NOT: Negation

Description

Function description
The function negates the input bit sequence bit-by-bit and assigns the result to the output.
The data types of the input and output values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Further available functions

The Obsolete library provides the following additional functions:
 NOT_DINT
 NOT_INT

The functionality of these functions is identical to the function NOT.

Formula
OUT = NOT IN

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 201

NOT

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value
NOT
ST NegValue

Representation in ST
Representation:
NegValue := NOT (Value) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

NegValue BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Negated bit sequence
DWORD

202 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
OR
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 50
OR: OR function

OR: OR function

Description

Function description
The function for a bit OR link of the bit sequences at the inputs and returns the result at the output.
The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Further available functions

When using a Premium PLC, the following functions are also available in the Obsolete library:
 OR_DINT
 OR_INT

The functionality of these functions is identical to the function OR.

Formula
OUT = IN1 OR IN2 OR ... OR INn

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 203

OR

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value_1
OR Value_2
ST Result

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result := OR (Value_1, Value_2) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value_1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD
Value_2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD
Value_n BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD n = max. 32

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Result BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output bit sequence
DWORD

204 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
R_TRIG
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 51
R_TRIG: Rising edge detection

R_TRIG: Rising edge detection

Description

Function description
This function block is used for the detection of rising edges 0 -> 1.
Output Q becomes "1" if there is a transition from "0" to "1" at the CLK input. The output remains at
"1" from one function block execution to the next (one cycle); the output subsequently returns to
"0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
CAL R_TRIG_Instance (CLK:=ClockInput, Q=>Output)

33002519 10/2013 205

R_TRIG

Representation in ST
Representation:
R_TRIG_Instance (CLK:=ClockInput, Q=>Output) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

CLK BOOL Clock input

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Q BOOL Output

206 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
RE
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 52
RE: Detection of Rising Edge

RE: Detection of Rising Edge

Description

Function description
The RE function detects the passage from 0 to 1(Rising Edge (see Unity Pro, Program Languages
and Structure, Reference Manual )) of the bit associated with it.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.
NOTE: You can alternatively use for EBOOL also R_TRIG, F_TRIG and TRIGGER, which are
working independant from the history bit of the EBOOL type.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
The RE function cannot be used in LD. You have to use equivalent LD functions
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Start_Button
RE
ST Start_Pulse

33002519 10/2013 207

RE

Representation in ST
Representation:
Start_Pulse := RE (Start_Button);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Start_Button EBOOL Discrete input or output, internal bit whose Rising
Edge we wish to detect

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Start_Pulse BOOL Internal bit or output representing the Rising Edge.

The EBOOL variable has to be written once in every scan of the CPU. In all other cases a
malfunction is possible. Only the discrete input can be used without restrictions, because it is
written from the I/O management of the CPU.

Trend diagram
Timing diagram:

T T is equal to a PLC cycle time for an input and is the delay between two assignments for a discrete output
or an internal bit.

208 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
RESET
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 53
RESET: Setting of a bit to 0

RESET: Setting of a bit to 0

Description

Function description
The RESET function sets the bit associated with it to zero.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
CAL RESET(Bit_to_Reset)

Representation in ST
Representation:
RESET (Bit_to_Reset);

33002519 10/2013 209

RESET

Description of parameters
The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Bit_to_Reset BOOL Discrete input or output or internal bit we wish to set
to 0.

210 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ROL
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 54
ROL: Rotate left

ROL: Rotate left

Description

Function description
This function rotates the bit pattern at the IN input circularly to the left by n bits (value at input
Number).
System bit %S17 is used as CARRY bit, i.e. the status of the bit that is shifted out is stored there.
The data types of the IN input and OUT output must be identical.
NOTE: Because of IEC 61131-3 conformity, this function also works with the BOOL data type. This
is not significant here.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Further available functions

When using a Premium PLC, the following functions are also available in the Obsolete library:
 ROL_DINT
 ROL_INT

The functionality of these functions is identical to the function ROL.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 211

ROL

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD InputPattern
ROL Number
ST OutputPattern

Representation in ST
Representation:
OutputPattern := ROL (InputPattern, Number) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

InputPattern For ROL: BOOL, BYTE, this is the bit pattern to be rotated
WORD, DWORD
For ROL_INT: INT
For ROL_DINT: DINT
Number For ROL: UINT this is the number of spaces to be rotated
For ROL_INT,
ROL_DINT: INT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

OutputPattern For ROL: BOOL, BYTE, this is the bit pattern rotated
WORD, DWORD
For ROL_INT: INT
For ROL_DINT: DINT

212 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ROR
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 55
ROR: Rotate right

ROR: Rotate right

Description

Function description
This function rotates the bit pattern at the In input circularly to the right by n bits (value at input
Number).
System bit %S17 is used as CARRY bit, i.e. the status of the bit that is shifted out is stored there.
The data types of the IN input and OUT output must be identical.
NOTE: Because of IEC 61131-3 conformity, this function also works with the BOOL data type. This
is not significant here.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Further available functions

When using a Premium PLC, the following functions are also available in the Obsolete library:
 ROR_DINT
 ROR_INT

The functionality of these functions is identical to the function ROR.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 213

ROR

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD InputPattern
ROR Number
ST OutputPattern

Representation in ST
Representation:
OutputPattern := ROR (InputPattern, Number) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

InputPattern For ROR: BOOL, BYTE, this is the bit pattern to be rotated
WORD, DWORD
For ROR_INT: INT
For ROR_DINT: DINT
Number For ROR: UINT this is the number of spaces to be rotated
For ROR_INT,
ROR_DINT: INT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

OutputPattern For ROR: BOOL, BYTE, this is the bit pattern rotated
WORD, DWORD
For ROR_INT: INT
For ROR_DINT: DINT

214 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
RS
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 56
RS: Bistable function block, reset dominant

RS: Bistable function block, reset dominant

Description

Function description
The function block is used as RS memory with the property "Reset dominant".
Output Q1 becomes "1" when the S input becomes "1". This state remains even if input S reverts
back to "0". Output Q1 changes back to "0" when input R1 becomes "1". If the inputs S and R1 are
"1" simultaneously, the dominating input R1 will set the output Q1 to "0".
When the function block is called for the first time, the initial state of Q1 is "0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 215

RS

Representation in IL
Representation:
CAL RS_Instance (S:=Set, R1:=Reset, Q1=>Output)

Representation in ST
Representation:
RS_Instance (S:=Set, R1:=Reset, Q1=>Output) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

S BOOL Set
R1 BOOL Reset (dominant)

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Q1 BOOL Output

216 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SET
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 57
SET: Setting of a bit to 1

SET: Setting of a bit to 1

Description

Function description
The SET function sets the bit associated with it to 1.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
CAL SET(Bit_to_Set)

Representation in ST
Representation:
SET (Bit_to_Set);

33002519 10/2013 217

SET

Description of parameters
The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Bit_to_Set BOOL Discrete input or output or internal bit we wish to set
to 1.

218 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SHL
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 58
SHL: Shift left

SHL: Shift left

Description

Function description
This function shifts the bit pattern at the IN input to the left by n bits (value at input N).
System bit %S17 is used as CARRY bit, i.e. the status of the bit that is shifted out is stored there.
Zeros are filled in from the right.
The data types of the IN input and OUT output must be identical.
NOTE: Because of IEC 61131-3 conformity, this function also works with the BOOL data type. This
is not significant here.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Further available functions

Additionally, the Obsolete library provides the following functions:
 SHL_DINT
 SHL_INT

The functionality of these functions is identical to the function SHL.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 219

SHL

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD IntputPattern
SHL Number
ST ShiftedPattern

Representation in ST
Representation:
ShiftedPattern := SHL (IntputPattern, Number) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

IntputPattern For SHL: BOOL, BYTE, this is the bit pattern to be shifted
WORD, DWORD For example: IntputPattern =
For SHL_INT: INT 2#0100000011110001.
For SHL_DINT: DINT
Number For SHL: UINT this is the number of spaces to be shifted
For SHL_INT, Example: Number = 4.
SHL_DINT: INT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

ShiftedPattern For SHL: BOOL, BYTE, this is the bit pattern shifted
WORD, DWORD For example: with the data from the previous table,
For SHL_INT: INT the result is: ShiftedPattern =
For SHL_DINT: DINT 2#0000111100010000

220 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SHR
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 59
SHR: Shift right

SHR: Shift right

Description

Function description
This function shifts the bit pattern at the IN input to the right by n bits (value at input N).
System bit %S17 is used as CARRY bit, i.e. the status of the bit that is shifted out is stored there.
Zeros are filled in from the left.
Special case: If in the dialog box Tools →Project Settings →Language extensions, the option
INT/DINT is activated instead of ANY_BIT valid and input IN uses data types INT or DINT, then
zeros are filled in from the left when the most significant bit is 0. If the most significant bit is 1, ones
are filled in. The most significant bit contains the sign bit for data types INT and DINT. This
guarantees that the sign is not lost when shifting. If the sign is not to be considered and zeros are
always filled in, the function SHRZ_*** from the Obsolete library can be used for Premium
controllers.
The data types of the In input and OUT output must be identical.
NOTE: Because of IEC 61131-3 conformity, this function also works with the BOOL data type. This
is not significant here.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 221

SHR

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD IntputPattern
SHR Number
ST ShiftedPattern

Representation in ST
Representation:
ShiftedPattern := SHR (IntputPattern, Number) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

IntputPattern BOOL, BYTE, WORD, this is the bit pattern to be shifted
DWORD For example: IntputPattern =
2#0100000011110001.
Number UINT this is the number of spaces to be shifted
Example: Number = 4.

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

ShiftedPattern BOOL, BYTE, WORD, this is the bit pattern shifted
DWORD For example: with the data from the previous table,
the result is: ShiftedPattern =
2#0000010000001111

222 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SR
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 60
SR: Bistable function block, set dominant

SR: Bistable function block, set dominant

Description

Function description
The function block is used as SR memory with the property "Set dominant".
Output Q1 becomes "1" when the S1 input becomes "1". This state remains even if input S1 reverts
back to "0". Output Q1 changes back to "0" when input R becomes "1". If the inputs S1 and R are
both "1" simultaneously, the dominating input S1 will set the output Q1 to "1".
When the function block is called for the first time, the initial state of Q1 is "0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
CAL SR_Instance (S1:=Set, R:=Reset, Q1=>Output)

33002519 10/2013 223

SR

Representation in ST
Representation:
SR_Instance (S1:=Set, R:=Reset, Q1=>Output) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

S1 BOOL Set (dominant)
R BOOL Reset

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Q1 BOOL Output

224 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
TRIGGER
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 61
TRIGGER: Detection of all edges

TRIGGER: Detection of all edges

Description

Function description
The function block recognizes all types of edges (1 -> 0 and 0 -> 1) at the CLK input.
At a rising edge, a transition from "0" to "1"occurs on the CLK input; at a falling edge, a transition
from "1" to "0" occurs on the CLK input.
At any edge, the EDGE output becomes "1".
At a rising edge, the EDGE output and the RISE output become "1".
At a falling edge, the EDGE output and the FALL output become "1". If no edge occurs, all outputs
are "0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 225

TRIGGER

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
CAL TRIGGER_Instance (CLK:=ClockInput, RISE=>RisingEdge,
EDGE=>AnyEdge, FALL=>FallingEdge)

Representation in ST
Representation:
TRIGGER_Instance (CLK:=ClockInput, RISE=>RisingEdge,
EDGE=>AnyEdge, FALL=>FallingEdge) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

CLK BOOL Clock input

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

RISE BOOL Indicator of a rising edge
EDGE BOOL Indicator of all types of edges
FALL BOOL Indicator of a falling edge

226 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
XOR
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 62
XOR: Exclusive OR function

XOR: Exclusive OR function

Description

Function description
The function for a bit XOR link of the bit sequences at the inputs and returns the result at the output.
The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Further available functions

When using a Premium PLC, the following functions are also available in the Obsolete library:
 XOR_DINT
 XOR_INT

The functionality of these functions is identical to the function XOR.

Formula
OUT = IN1 XOR IN2 XOR .. XOR INn

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 227

XOR

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value_1
XOR Value_2
ST Result

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result := XOR (Value_1, Value_2) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value_1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD
Value_2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD
Value_n BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input bit sequence
DWORD n = max 32

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Result BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output bit sequence
DWORD

228 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
Mathematics
33002519 10/2013

Part VIII
Mathematics

Mathematics

Overview
This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of the
Mathematics family.

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
63 ABS: Absolute value computation 231
64 ACOS: Arc cosine 233
65 ADD: Addition 235
66 ADD_TIME: Addition 237
67 ASIN: Arc sine 239
68 ATAN: Arc tangent 241
69 COS: Cosine 243
70 DEC: Decrementation of a variable 245
71 DIV: Division 247
72 DIVMOD: Division and Modulo 251
73 EXP: Natural exponential 253
74 EXPT_REAL_***: Exponentiation of one value by another value 255
75 INC: Incrementation of a variable 259
76 LN: Natural logarithm 261
77 LOG : Base 10 logarithm 263
78 MOD: Modulo 265
79 MOVE: Assignment 267
80 MUL: Multiplication 269
81 NEG: Negation 271
82 SATURATION: Saturation 273
83 SIGN: Sign evaluation 277
84 SIN: Sine 279
85 SUB: Subtraction 281
86 SUB_TIME: Subtraction 283

33002519 10/2013 229

Mathematics

Chapter Chapter Name Page

87 SQRT_*** : Square root 285
88 TAN: Tangent 287

230 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ABS
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 63
ABS: Absolute value computation

ABS: Absolute value computation

Description

Function description
The function computes the absolute value of the input value and assigns the result to the output.
The data types of the input and output values must be identical.
NOTE: Because of IEC 61131-3 conformity, this function also works with the UINT and UDINT data
types. This is not significant here.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 231

ABS

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value
ABS
ST Result

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result := ABS (Value) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value INT, DINT, UINT, Input value
UDINT, REAL

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Result INT, DINT, UINT, Output value
UDINT, REAL

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 a value is below a limit value (data types INT and DINT)
or
 an unauthorized floating point number is set at an input parameter of data type REAL. In this
case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (see page 501).

232 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ACOS
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 64
ACOS: Arc cosine

ACOS: Arc cosine

Description

Function description
The ACOS function calculates the principal arc cosine of a real value. The result is given in the form
of an angle in radians.
The function call can also be carried out by ACOS_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula
The formula is as follows:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Illustration:

33002519 10/2013 233

ACOS

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Cos_Value
ACOS_REAL
ST Angle

Representation in ST
Representation:
Angle:= ACOS_REAL(Cos_Value);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Cos_Value REAL Cosine of angle calculated at block output.
-1 ≤ Cos_Value ≤1

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Angle REAL Angle expressed in radians, whose cosine has the
value Cos_Value.
0 ≤Angle ≤π

Runtime errors
When the absolute value Cos_Value is greater than 1, the system bit %S18 (see page 497)
changes to 1 and the system word %SW17 (see page 501) indicates the type of fault.

234 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ADD
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 65
ADD: Addition

ADD: Addition

Description

Function description
The function adds the input values and assigns the result to the output.
The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32 for all functions.
For addition with values of the TIME data type, there is the block ADD_TIME (see page 237)
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL:
OUT = IN1 + IN2 + ... + INn

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 235

ADD

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value1
ADD Value2
ST Sum

Representation in ST
Representation:
Sum := ADD (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value1 INT, DINT, UINT, Summand
UDINT, REAL
Value2 INT, DINT, UINT, Summand
UDINT, REAL
Valuen INT, DINT, UINT, Summand
UDINT, REAL n = max 32

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Sum INT, DINT, UINT, Sum
UDINT, REAL

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 the value range on the output is exceeded (all available data types)
or
 an unauthorized floating point number is set at an input parameter of data type REAL. In this
case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (see page 501).

236 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ADD_TIME
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 66
ADD_TIME: Addition

ADD_TIME: Addition

Description

Function description
This function adds 2 input values of data type TIME and assigns the result to the output (also data
type TIME).
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = IN1 + IN2

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 237

ADD_TIME

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD TimeValue1
ADD_TIME TimeValue2
ST Sum

Representation in ST
Representation:
Sum := ADD_TIME (TimeValue1, TimeValue2) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

TimeValue1 TIME Summand
TimeValue2 TIME Summand

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Sum TIME Sum

Runtime error
System bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 if the value range at the output is exceeded.

238 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ASIN
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 67
ASIN: Arc sine

ASIN: Arc sine

Description

Function description
The ASIN function calculates the principal sine arc of a real value. The result is given in the form
of an angle in radians.
The function call can also be carried out by ASIN_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula
The formula is as follows:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 239

ASIN

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Sin_Value
ASIN_REAL
ST Angle

Representation in ST
Representation:
Angle:= ASIN_REAL(Sin_Value);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Sin_Value REAL Sine of angle calculated at block output.
-1 ≤ Sin_Value ≤1

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Angle REAL Angle expressed in radians, whose sine has the value
Sin_Value.
- π/2 ≤Angle ≤+ π/2

Runtime errors
When the absolute value Sin_Value is greater than 1, the system bit %S18 (see page 497)
changes to 1 and the system word %SW17 (see page 501) indicates the type of fault.

240 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ATAN
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 68
ATAN: Arc tangent

ATAN: Arc tangent

Description

Function description
The ACOS function calculates the principal arc tangent of a real value. The result is given in the
form of an angle in radians.
The function call can also be carried out by ATAN_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula
The formula is as follows:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 241

ATAN

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Tan_Value
ATAN_REAL
ST Angle

Representation in ST
Representation:
Angle:= ATAN_REAL(Tan_Value);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Tan_Value REAL Tangent of angle calculated at block output.
-1.#INF < Tan_Value < +1.#INF

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Angle REAL Angle expressed in radians, whose tangent has the
value Tan_Value.
- π/2 < Angle < +π/2

Runtime errors
When the absolute value Tan_Value is greater than 1, the system bit %S18 (see page 497)
changes to 1 and the system word %SW17 (see page 501) indicates the type of fault.

242 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
COS
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 69
COS: Cosine

COS: Cosine

Description

Function description
The COS function calculates the cosine of an angle.
The function call can also be carried out by COS_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula
The formula is as follows:
Cos_Value = Cos(Angle)

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 243

COS

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Angle
COS_REAL
ST Cos_Value

Representation in ST
Representation:
Cos_Value:= COS_REAL(Angle);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Angle REAL Angle expressed in radians.
-2 63 < Angle < +2 63

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Cos_Value REAL Cosine of Angle expressed in radians.
-1 ≤ Cos_Value ≤1

Runtime errors
When the absolute value of Angle is greater than 2 63, the system bit %S18 (see page 497)
changes to 1 and the system word %SW17 (see page 501) indicates the type of fault.

244 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DEC
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 70
DEC: Decrementation of a variable

DEC: Decrementation of a variable

Description

Function description
The DEC function decrements a variable by 1.
The parameter of this function can be declared of type ANY_INT.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer:
CAL DEC(Value1)

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer:
DEC(Value1);

33002519 10/2013 245

DEC

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Value1 INT, DINT, UINT, Each time the program uses this EF the variable
UDINT. Value1 is decremented by one unit.

Runtime errors
In the case of overrun, the system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the decremented value
becomes positive (32767 for an integer for example).

246 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DIV
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 71
DIV: Division

DIV: Division

Description

Function description
The function divides the value at the Dividend with the value at the Divisor input and assigns
the result to the output.
The data types of the input values and the output values must be identical.
For division with values of the TIME data type, you can use the block DIVTIME (see page 177).
When dividing INT, DINT, UINT and UDINT data types, any decimal places in the result are
omitted, e.g.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 247

DIV

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Dividend
DIV Divisor
ST Quotient

Representation in ST
Representation:
Quotient := DIV (Dividend, Divisor) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Dividend INT, DINT, UINT, Dividend
UDINT, REAL
Divisor INT, DINT, UINT, Divisor
UDINT, REAL

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Quotient INT, DINT, UINT, Quotient
UDINT, REAL

248 33002519 10/2013

 DIV

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 an invalid division by 0 is executed (all available data types)
or
 an unauthorized floating point number is set at an input parameter of data type REAL. In this
case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (see page 501).

33002519 10/2013 249

DIV

250 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DIVMOD
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 72
DIVMOD: Division and Modulo

DIVMOD: Division and Modulo

Description

Function description
This procedure divides the value at the Dividend input by the value at the Divisor input. The
result of the division is delivered at the Quotient output. The remainder of the division is delivered
at the Modulo output.
If there is a decimal place in the division result, the division will truncate it.
The data types of all input and output values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
Block formula:
DV = IN1 / IN2
MD = IN1 mod IN2

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 251

DIVMOD

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Dividend
DIVMOD Divisor, Quotient, Modulo

Representation in ST
Representation:
DIVMOD (Dividend, Divisor, Quotient, Modulo);

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Dividend INT, DINT, UINT, Dividend
UDINT
Divisor INT, DINT, UINT, Divisor
UDINT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Quotient INT, DINT, UINT, Quotient
UDINT
Modulo INT, DINT, UINT, Modulo
UDINT

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if an invalid division by 0 is executed.

252 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
EXP
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 73
EXP: Natural exponential

EXP: Natural exponential

Description

Function description
The EXP function calculates the natural exponential of a real.
The function call can also be carried out by EXP_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula
The formula is as follows:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 253

EXP

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Real_Value
EXP_REAL
ST Exp_Real_Value

Representation in ST
Representation:
Log_Real_Value:= EXP_REAL(Real_Value);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Real_Value REAL Real value of which we wish to obtain the Natural
exponential
-87.33654 < Real_Value < 88.72283

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Exp_Real_Value REAL Natural exponential of Real_Value
0 < Exp_Real_Value < 1.#INF

Runtime errors
When Real_Value is situated outside the interval ]-87.33654, 88.72283[, the system bit %S18
(see page 497) changes to 1 and the system word %SW17 (see page 501) indicates the type of
fault.

254 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
EXPT_REAL_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 74
EXPT_REAL_***: Exponentiation of one value by another value

EXPT_REAL_***: Exponentiation of one value by another

value

Description

Function Description
The EXPT_REAL_*** function calculates the exponentiation of one value by another value.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 EXPT_REAL_INT,
 EXPT_REAL_DINT,
 EXPT_REAL_UINT,
 EXPT_REAL_UDINT,
 EXPT_REAL_REAL.

Formula
The formula is as follows:

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to a real number:

33002519 10/2013 255

EXPT_REAL_***

Representation in LD
Representation applied to a real number:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to a real number:
LD Value1
EXPT_REAL_REAL Exponent
ST Expt_Real_Value

Representation in ST
Representation applied to a real number:
Expt_Real_Value := EXPT_REAL_REAL(Value1, Exponent);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Value1 REAL Value for which you want to find the exponential by
Exponent
0 ≤ Value1 < INF
Exponent INT, Exponent of the exponential
UINT, -INF < Exponent < +INF
DINT,
UDINT,
REAL.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Expt_Real__Value REAL Natural exponential of Value1
-1 < Expt_Real_Value < +INF

256 33002519 10/2013

 EXPT_REAL_***

Runtime Errors
When Value1 is negative or when there is an Expt_Real_Value overrun the system bit %S18
(see page 497) changes to 1 and the system word %SW17 (see page 501) indicates the type of
fault.

33002519 10/2013 257

EXPT_REAL_***

258 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
INC
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 75
INC: Incrementation of a variable

INC: Incrementation of a variable

Description

Function description
The INC function increments a variable by 1.
The parameter of this function can be declared of type ANY_INT.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer:

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer:
CAL INC(Value1)

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer:
INC(Value1);

33002519 10/2013 259

INC

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input/output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Value1 INT, DINT, UINT, Each time the program uses this EF, the variable
UDINT. Value1 is incremented by one unit.

Runtime errors
In the case of overrun, the system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the incremented value
becomes negative (-32768 for an integer for example).

260 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
LN
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 76
LN: Natural logarithm

LN: Natural logarithm

Description

Function description
The LN function calculates the natural logarithm of a real.
The function call can also be carried out by LN_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula
The formula is as follows:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 261

LN

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Real_Value
LN_REAL
ST Ln_Real_Value

Representation in ST
Representation:
Ln_Real_Value := LN_REAL(Real_Value);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Real_Value REAL Real value for which we wish to obtain the natural
logarithm.
0 < Real_Value < +INF

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Ln_Real_Value REAL Natural logarithm of Real_Value
-INF < Ln_Real_Value < +INF

Runtime errors
WhenReal_Value is negative, the system bit %S18 (see page 497) changes to 1 and the system
word %SW17 (see page 501) indicates the type of fault.

262 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
LOG
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 77
LOG : Base 10 logarithm

LOG : Base 10 logarithm

Description

Function description
The LOG function calculates the base 10 logarithm of a real number.
The function call can also be carried out by LOG_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula
The formula is as follows:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 263

LOG

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Real_Value
LOG_REAL
ST Log_Real_Value

Representation in ST
Representation:
Log_Real_Value:= LOG_REAL(Real_Value);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Real_Value REAL Real value of which we wish to obtain the natural
logarithm.
0 < Real_Value < 1.#INF

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Log_Real_Value REAL Natural logarithm of Real_Value
-1.#INF < Log_Real_Value < +1.#INF

Runtime errors
WhenReal_Value is negative, the system bit %S18 (see page 497) changes to 1 and the system
word %SW17 (see page 501) indicates the type of fault.

264 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
MOD
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 78
MOD: Modulo

MOD: Modulo

Description

Function description
The function divides the value at the Dividend with the value at the Divisor input and assigns
the modulo to the output.
The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = IN1 mod IN2

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 265

MOD

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Dividend
MOD Divisor
ST Rest

Representation in ST
Representation:
Rest := MOD (Dividend, Divisor) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Dividend INT, DINT, UINT, Dividend
UDINT
Divisor INT, DINT, UINT, Divisor
UDINT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Remainder INT, DINT, UINT, Modulo
UDINT

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if an invalid division by 0 is executed.

266 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
MOVE
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 79
MOVE: Assignment

MOVE: Assignment

Description

Function description
The function assigns the input value to the output.
This is a generic function, i.e. the data type to be processed will be determined by the variable that
was first assigned to the function.
If a direct address of a variable must be assigned or vice versa, always assign the variable to the
function first. A direct address at input and output of the function is not authorized since this does
not allow a clear definition of the data type. Variables address overlapping is not supported by this
function and only applies to Quantum Legacy CPUs and PLC Simulator.
The data types of the input and output values must be identical.
NOTE: It is not possible to copy an array of EBOOL elements using the MOVE function, since the
MOVE would not update the assignment history of the array elements. To copy an array of EBOOL
elements, use the COPY_AREBOOL_AREBOOL (see page 51) function.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = IN

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 267

MOVE

Representation in LD
This function can not be used in the LD (Ladder Diagram) programming language with the BOOL
data type, since the same functionality can be achieved there with contacts and coils.
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Input
MOVE
ST Output

Representation in ST
Representation:
Output := MOVE (Input) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Input ANY Input value

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Output ANY Output value

268 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
MUL
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 80
MUL: Multiplication

MUL: Multiplication

Description

Function description
The function multiplies the input values and assigns the result to the output.
The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased to a maximum of 32.
For multiplication with values of the TIME data type, you can use the block MULTIME
(see page 179).
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = IN1 x IN2 x .. x IN n

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 269

MUL

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Factor1
MUL Factor2
ST Product

Representation in ST
Representation:
Product := MUL (Factor1, Factor2) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Factor1 INT, DINT, UINT, Multiplicand (factor)
UDINT, REAL
Factor2 INT, DINT, UINT, Multiplier (factor)
UDINT, REAL
Factorn INT, DINT, UINT, Multiplier (factor)
UDINT, REAL n = max 32

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Product INT, DINT, UINT, Product
UDINT, REAL

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 the value range at the output has been exceeded (all available data types)
or
 an unauthorized floating point number is set at an input parameter of data type REAL. In this
case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (see page 501).

270 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
NEG
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 81
NEG: Negation

NEG: Negation

Description

Function description
The function negates the input value and delivers the result at the NegatedOutput output.
The negation causes a sign reversal, e.g.
6 -> -6
-4 -> 4
NOTE: When the INT and DINT data types are processed, it is not possible to convert very long
negative values into positive ones. However, the ENO output is not set to 0 when this error occurs.

NOTE: When the UINT and UDINT data types are processed, an error message is always
returned.

The data types of the input and output values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 271

NEG

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Input
NEG
ST NegatedOutput

Representation in ST
Representation:
NegatedOutput := NEG (Input) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Input INT, DINT, UINT, Input
UDINT, REAL

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

NegatedOutput INT, DINT, UINT, Negated output
UDINT, REAL

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 a violation of the value range at the input occurs during the execution of the function ( data types
INT and DINT)
or
 an input value of the data type UDINT or UINT is to be converted.

272 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
Saturation
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 82
SATURATION: Saturation

SATURATION: Saturation

SATURATION: Maximum REAL value

Function Description
There is a risk of a wrong result when adding a very large and a very small value. The SATURATION
function calculates the maximum REAL value (L, the saturation limit) that give a correct result when
added to a very small REAL value (P, the precision). The function output gives the maximum REAL
value (L) and a boolean error bit that indicates if the addition is OK (0) or not (1).
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
The formula below is an explanation of how is calculated the Limit (maximum REAL value) for a
given Precision (small REAL value).After this Limit, the Precision will be lost and the result of an
addition for both values is indicated by an error of the EF.
X = Abs(Ln(P * 223) / Ln(2))
L = 2X+2
Where P is the Precision and L is the Limit.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 273

Saturation

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Precision
SATURATION Value, Error, Limit

Representation in ST
Representation:
SATURATION (Precision, Value, Error, Limit);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Precision REAL Very small REAL value
Value REAL Large REAL value

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Error BOOL Saturation limit status:
 0: Saturation limit not reached
(addition results correct)
 1: Saturation limit reached
(addition results wrong)
Limit REAL The Limit output provides the
calculated saturation limit for the
given Precision, which is also a
valuable information.

274 33002519 10/2013

 Saturation

Example
Example representation:

The following table gives examples with output parameters that correspond to the addition of the
input parameters:

Input parameters Outputs parameters

Value Value (HEX) Precision Limit Limit (HEX) Error
(REAL) (REAL) (REAL)
32767.5 16#46FF_FF00 0.001 32767.5 16#46FF_FF01 0 (good result)
32768.0 16#4700_0000 0.001 32768.0 16#4700_0000 1 (wrong result)
32768.5 16#4700_0080 0.001 32768.5 16#4700_0080 1 (wrong result)

NOTE: The REAL value displayed in the animation table may differ from the encoded binary value
because of rounding.

33002519 10/2013 275

Saturation

276 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SIGN:
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 83
SIGN: Sign evaluation

SIGN: Sign evaluation

Description

Function description
The function is used for the detection of negative signs.
With a value ≥ 0 at the input, the output becomes "0". With a value < 0 at the input, the output
becomes "1".
NOTE: Because of IEC 61131-3 conformity, this function also works with the UINT and UDINTdata
types. This is not significant since these functions always return a 0 result.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
Block formula:
OUT = 1, if IN < 0
OUT = 0, if IN ≥ 0
NOTE: Because of the different processing of REAL and INT values, the following behavior results
for signed 0 (+/-0):
 -0.0 -> SIGN_REAL -> 1
 +0.0 -> SIGN_REAL -> 0
 -0 -> SIGN_INT/DINT -> 0
 +0 -> SIGN_INT/DINT -> 0

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 277

SIGN:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value
SIGN
ST Negativ

Representation in ST
Representation:
Negativ := SIGN (Value) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value INT, DINT, REAL Signed input

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Negative BOOL Sign evaluation

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 is set to 1 and ENO to 0 if
 an input value of the data type UINT or UDINT is to set.

278 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SIN
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 84
SIN: Sine

SIN: Sine

Description

Function description
The SIN function calculates the sine of an angle.
The function call can also be carried out by SIN_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula
The formula is as follows:
Sin_Value = Sin(Angle)

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 279

SIN

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Angle
SIN_REAL
ST Sin_Value

Representation in ST
Representation:
Sin_Value:= SIN_REAL(Angle);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Angle REAL Angle expressed in radians.
-2 63 < Angle < +2 63

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Sin_Value REAL Sine of Angle.
-1 ≤ Sin_Value ≤1

Runtime errors
When the absolute value of Angle is greater than 2 63, the system bit %S18 (see page 497)
changes to 1 and the system word %SW17 (see page 501) indicates the type of fault.

280 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SUB
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 85
SUB: Subtraction

SUB: Subtraction

Description

Function description
The function subtracts the value at the Value2 input from the value at the Value1 input and
assigns the result to the output.
The data types of the input values and the output values must be identical.
For subtraction with values of the TIME data type, you can use the block SUB_TIME
(see page 283).
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
Difference = Value1 - Value2

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 281

SUB

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value1
SUB Value2
ST Difference

Representation in ST
Representation:
Difference := SUB (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value1 INT, DINT, UINT, Minuend
UDINT, REAL
Value2 INT, DINT, UINT, Subtrahend
UDINT, REAL

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Difference INT, DINT, UINT, Difference
UDINT, REAL

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 the value range at the output has been exceeded (all available data types)
or
 an unauthorized floating point number is set at an input parameter of data type REAL. In this
case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (see page 501).

282 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SUB_TIME
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 86
SUB_TIME: Subtraction

SUB_TIME: Subtraction

Description

Function description
The function subtracts the value at the TimeValue2 input from the value at the TimeValue1 input
and assigns the result to the output.
The data types of the input values and the output be TIME.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
Difference = TimeValue1 - TimeValue2

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 283

SUB_TIME

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD TimeValue1
SUB TimeValue2
ST Difference

Representation in ST
Representation:
Difference := SUB (TimeValue1, TimeValue2) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

TimeValue1 TIME Minuend
TimeValue2 TIME Subtrahend

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Difference TIME Difference

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 the value range at the output has been exceeded

284 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SQRT_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 87
SQRT_*** : Square root

SQRT_*** : Square root

Description

Function description
The SQRT_*** function extracts the square root from a variable. This function can be called using
its generic name or one of the function names described below.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 SQRT_INT,
 SQRT_DINT,
 SQRT_REAL.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer:

33002519 10/2013 285

SQRT_***

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer:
LD Value1
SQRT_REAL
ST Sqrt_Value1

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer:
Sqrt_Value1 := SQRT_REAL(Value1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Value1 INT, DINT, REAL. Variable whose square root you want to extract.
0 ≤Value1

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Sqrt_Value1 INT, DINT, REAL. Sqrt_Value1 contains the square root of Value1.
Sqrt_Value1 is of the same type as Value1.
When the type is INT, Sqrt_Value1 is rounded down
to the lower value, for Value1 = 15, Sqrt_Value1 = 3.

Runtime errors
When Value1 is of REAL type and negative, the result of the function contains -1.#NAN and bit
%S18 (see page 497) = 1.
When Value1 is of INT or DINT type and negative, the result of the function contains the negative
value Value1 and bit %S18 (see page 497) = 1.
In case of %S18 (see page 497) = 1 the system word %SW17 (see page 501) indicates the type
of fault.

286 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
TAN
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 88
TAN: Tangent

TAN: Tangent

Description

Function description
The TAN function calculates the tangent of an angle.
The function call can also be carried out by TAN_REAL.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula
The formula is as follows:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 287

TAN

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Angle
TAN_REAL
ST Tan_Value

Representation in ST
Representation:
Tan_Value:= TAN_REAL(Angle);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Angle REAL Angle expressed in radians.
-2 63 < Angle < +2 63

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Tan_Value REAL Tangent of Angle
-1.#INF < Tan_Value < +1.#INF

Runtime errors
When the absolute value of Angle is greater than 2 63, the system bit %S18 (see page 497)
changes to 1 and the system word %SW17 (see page 501) indicates the type of fault.

288 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
Statistical
33002519 10/2013

Part IX
Statistical

Statistical

Overview
This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of the
Statistical group.

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
89 AVE: Averaging 291
90 LIMIT: Limit 295
91 LIMIT_IND: Limit with indicator 299
92 MAX: Maximum value function 303
93 MIN: Minimum value function 305
94 MUX: Multiplexer 307
95 SEL: Binary selection 311

33002519 10/2013 289

Statistical

290 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
AVE
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 89
AVE: Averaging

AVE: Averaging

Description

Function description
The procedure calculates the average of weighted input values and gives the result at the output.
Two successive inputs (K_Xn) represent one pair of values. The first K_Xn input corresponds to
K1, the next to X1, the one after that to K2, etc.
The number of K_Xn inputs can be increased to 32 by vertically modifying the size of the block
frame. This corresponds to a maximum of 16 value pairs.
The number of inputs must be even, otherwise AVE generates a system error and sets ENO to false.
The data types of all input and output values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
Block formula:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 291

AVE

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD FactorFirstValue
AVE FirstValue, FactorSecondValue, SecondValue
ST Result

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result := AVE (FactorFirstValue, FirstValue,
FactorSecondValue, SecondValue) ;

292 33002519 10/2013

 AVE

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

FactorFirstValue INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL Factor (K1) for first value
FirstValue INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL First value (X1)
FactorSecondValue INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL Factor (K2) for second value
FactorSecondValue INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL Second value (X2)
:
FactorHalfnValue INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL
Factor for value of (K_X(n-1))

HalfnValue INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL

Value of (K_X(n)

n = max 32

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Result INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT, REAL Average value

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 the value range of the output is exceeded (all available data types)
or
 an invalid division by 0 is executed (all available data types)
or
 an unauthorized floating point number is set at an input parameter of data type REAL. In this
case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (see page 501).
Note: %SW17.1 (Denormalized operand / result is acceptable) flag is not managed by AVE
procedure.
NOTE: For a list of all block error codes and values, see Statistical, page 491.

33002519 10/2013 293

AVE

294 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
LIMIT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 90
LIMIT: Limit

LIMIT: Limit

Description

Function description
This function transfers the unchanged input value (Input) to the output if the input value is not less
than the minimum value (LowerLimit) and does not exceed the maximum value (UpperLimit).
If the input value (Input) is less than the minimum value (LowerLimit), the minimum value will
be transferred to the output. If the input value (Input) exceeds the maximum value
(UpperLimit), the maximum value will be transferred to the output.
The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = IN, if (IN ≥ MN) & (IN ≤ MX)
OUT = MN, if (IN < MN)
OUT = MX, if (IN > MX)

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 295

LIMIT

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD LowerLimit
LIMIT Input, UpperLimit
ST Output

Representation in ST
Representation:
Output := LIMIT (LowerLimit, Input, UpperLimit) ;

296 33002519 10/2013

 LIMIT

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

MN BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Lower limit
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
IN BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
MX BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Upper limit
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

OUT BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME

Runtime error
If there is an unauthorized floating point number at the input, an error message is returned.

33002519 10/2013 297

LIMIT

298 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
LIMIT_IND
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 91
LIMIT_IND: Limit with indicator

LIMIT_IND: Limit with indicator

Description

Function description
This procedure transfers the unchanged input value (Input) to the (Output), if the input value is
not less than the minimum value (LimitMinimum) and does not exceed the maximum value
(LimitMaximum). If the input value (Input) is less than the minimum value (LimitMinimum),
the minimum value will be transferred to the output. If the input value (Input) exceeds the
maximum value (LimitMaximum), the maximum value will be transferred to the output.
Additionally, a indication is given if the minimum or maximum value is violated. If the value at the
(Input) input is less than the value at the (LimitMinimum) input, the (MinimumViolation)
output becomes "1". If the value at the (Input) input is more than the value at the
(LimitMaximum) input, the (MaximumViolation) output becomes "1".
The data types of the (LimitMinimum, Input, LimitMaximum) input values and the (Output)
output value must be identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
Block formula:
OUT = IN, if (IN ≤MX) & IN ≥ MN
OUT = MN, if (IN < MN)
OUT = MX, if (IN > MX)
MN_IND = 0, if IN ≥ MN
MN_IND = 1, if IN < MN
MX_IND = 0, if IN ≤MX
MX_IND = 1, if IN > MX

33002519 10/2013 299

LIMIT_IND

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD LimitMinimum
LIMIT_IND Input, LimitMaximum, MinimumViolation,
Output, MaximumViolation

Representation in ST
Representation:
LIMIT_IND (LimitMinimum, Input, LimitMaximum,
MinimumViolation, Output, MaximumViolation);

300 33002519 10/2013

 LIMIT_IND

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

LimitMinimum BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Limit of minimum value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
Input BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Input
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
LimitMaximum BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Limit of maximum value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

MinimumViolation BOOL Display of minimum value violation
Output BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
MaximumViolation BOOL Display of maximum value violation

33002519 10/2013 301

LIMIT_IND

302 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
MAX
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 92
MAX: Maximum value function

MAX: Maximum value function

Description

Function description
The function assigns the largest input value to the output.
The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = MAX {IN1, IN2, ..., INn}

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 303

MAX

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value1
MAX Value2
ST Maximum

Representation in ST
Representation:
Maximum := MAX (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
Valuen BOOL, BYTE, WORD, n. Input value
DWORD, INT, DINT, n = max 32
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Maximum BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Maximum value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME

Runtime error
If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data type REAL, the
system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (see page 501).
NOTE: For a list of all the block error messages and values, see Common Floating Point Errors,
page 492.

304 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
MIN
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 93
MIN: Minimum value function

MIN: Minimum value function

Description

Function description
The function assigns the smallest input value to the output.
The data types of all input values and output values must be identical.
The number of inputs can be increased.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
OUT = MIN {IN1, IN2, ..., INn}

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 305

MIN

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Value1
MIN Value2
ST Minimum

Representation in ST
Representation:
Minimum := MIN (Value1, Value2) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Value1 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 1. Input value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
Value2 BOOL, BYTE, WORD, 2. Input value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME
Valuen BOOL, BYTE, WORD, n. Input value
DWORD, INT, DINT, n = max 32
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Minimum BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Minimum value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL,
TIME

Runtime error
If an unauthorized floating point number is created for an input parameter of data type REAL, the
system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the status is placed in %SW17 (see page 501).
NOTE: For a list of all the block error messages and values, see Common Floating Point Errors,
page 492.

306 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
MUX
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 94
MUX: Multiplexer

MUX: Multiplexer

Description

Function description
This function transfers the respective input to the output depending on the value at the K input.
The number of inputs can be increased.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Example
K = 0: Input IN0 is transferred to the output
K = 1: Input IN1 is transferred to the output
K = 5: Input IN5 is transferred to the output
K= n: Input INn is transferred to the output

Data types
The data types at the inputs Input0 to Inputn and at the output must be identical.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 307

MUX

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Selection
MUX Input0, Input1
ST Output

Representation in ST
Representation:
Output := MUX (Selection, Input0, Input1) ;

308 33002519 10/2013

 MUX

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

K INT, DINT, UINT, Selection input
UDINT K = 0...30
IN0 ANY 1. Input
IN1 ANY 2. Input
IN2 ANY 3. Input
INn ANY n+1. input, n = max. 30

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

OUT ANY Output

Runtime error
An error message is returned if the value range of the Kinput (selector) is exceeded.
NOTE: For a list of all block error codes and values, see Statistical, page 491.

33002519 10/2013 309

MUX

310 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
SEL
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 95
SEL: Binary selection

SEL: Binary selection

Description

Function description
The function is used for binary selection between two input values.
Depending on the state of the Selection input, either the Input0 input or Input1 input is
transferred to the Output output.
Selection = 0 -> Output = Input0
Selection = 1 -> Output = Input1
The data types of the Input0 and Input1 input values and the Output output values must be
identical.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 311

SEL

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Selection
SEL Input0, Input1
ST Output

Representation in ST
Representation:
Output := SEL (Selection, Input0, Input1) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Selection BOOL Selection input
Input0 ANY Input 0
Input1 ANY Input 1

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Output ANY Output

312 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
Strings
33002519 10/2013

Part X
Strings

Strings

Overview
This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of the Strings
family.

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
96 CONCAT_STR: Concatenation of two character strings 315
97 DELETE_INT: Deletion of a sub-string of characters 317
98 EQUAL_STR: Comparison of two character strings 319
99 FIND_INT: Finding a sub-string of characters 321
100 INSERT_INT: Insertion of a sub-string of characters 323
101 LEFT_INT: Extraction of characters to the left 325
102 LEN_INT: Length of character string 327
103 MID_INT: Extraction of a sub-string of characters 329
104 REPLACE_INT: Replacement of a sub-string of characters 331
105 RIGHT_INT: Extraction of a character string to the right 335

33002519 10/2013 313

Strings

314 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
CONCAT_STR
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 96
CONCAT_STR: Concatenation of two character strings

CONCAT_STR: Concatenation of two character strings

Description

Function description
The CONCAT_STR function concatenates two character strings.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD String1
CONCAT_STR String2
ST Result_String

33002519 10/2013 315

CONCAT_STR

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result_String:= CONCAT_STR(String1, String2);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

String1 STRING First character string to concatenate.
Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO "
String2 STRING Second character string to concatenate.
Example: String2 contains "RUN"

NOTE: CONCAT_STR does not insert a blank space between the input strings. To make
Result_String easier to read, It may be necessary to add a blank space at the end of String1
or at the beginning of String2.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_String STRING Resulting string is equal to the content of the two strings
String1 and String2.
Example: for the values in the example provided in the
previous table, Result_String contains ‘SWITCH
TO RUN’

Runtime errors
The system bit %S15 (see page 497) is set to 1 in the following cases:
 If the Result_String is too short to contain the result, the result is truncated. Otherwise, the
string Result_String is completed by the characters NUL (16#00).
 If the Result_String is used as an input on IN2.

316 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DELETE_INT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 97
DELETE_INT: Deletion of a sub-string of characters

DELETE_INT: Deletion of a sub-string of characters

Description

Function description
The DELETE_INT function removes a certain number of characters starting from a certain rank.
The result is a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.
NOTE: The behavior of this function has changed after Unity Pro 2.2. If the Result_String of
this function is located on %MW, then the Result_String is not completed with NUL (16#00)
characters. It is recommended to erase the content of the Result_String before using this
function.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 317

DELETE_INT

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD String1
DELETE_INT Length_Str, Position
ST Result_String

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result_String:= DELETE_INT(String1, Length_Str, Position);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

String1 STRING Original character string from which we wish to delete
certain elements.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO STOP"

Length_Str INT Length of string to be deleted.

Example: Length_Str =10

Position INT Rank of first character of the string to be deleted.

Example: Position =1

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_String STRING Resulting string equal to content of String1 from
which have been removed Length_Str characters
starting from the rank Position.

Example: for the values in the example provided in the

previous table, Result_String contains ‘STOP’
(10 characters are deleted starting from position 1).

318 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
EQUAL_STR
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 98
EQUAL_STR: Comparison of two character strings

EQUAL_STR: Comparison of two character strings

Description

Function description
The EQUAL_STR function compares two character strings.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD String1
EQUAL_STR String2
ST Position

33002519 10/2013 319

EQUAL_STR

Representation in ST
Representation:
Position:= EQUAL_STR(String1, String2);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

String1 STRING First character string to compare.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO STOP"

String2 STRING Second character string to compare.

Example: String2 contains "SWITCH TO RUN"

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Position INT Position of first character that differs between the two
strings String1 and String2.
When the two strings are identical,
Position = -1.

Example: with the values indicated in the example in

the previous table, Position = 11

Note: upper case characters are treated as different to

lower case characters.

320 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
FIND_INT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 99
FIND_INT: Finding a sub-string of characters

FIND_INT: Finding a sub-string of characters

Description

Function description
The FIND_INT function searches for the occurrence of a character string in another string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD String1
FIND_INT String2
ST Position

33002519 10/2013 321

FIND_INT

Representation in ST
Representation:
Position:= FIND_INT(String1, String2);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

String1 STRING Character string in which the search is carried out.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO STOP"

String2 STRING Character string containing the text to find

Example: String2 contains ‘STOP’

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Position INT If String2 is contained in String1, Position
contains the rank of the first character of String2
found in String1.
When String2 is not contained in String1,
Position = -1.

Example: with the values indicated in the example in

the previous table, Position = 11

322 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
INSERT_INT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 100
INSERT_INT: Insertion of a sub-string of characters

INSERT_INT: Insertion of a sub-string of characters

Description

Function description
The INSERT_INT function inserts a character string into another character string starting from a
given rank. The result is a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD String1

33002519 10/2013 323

INSERT_INT

INSERT_INT String2, Position

ST Result_String

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result_String:= INSERT_INT(String1, String2, Position);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

String1 STRING Original character string to which another character
string is added starting from a certain position.

Example: String1 contains ‘START CYCLE’

String2 STRING Character string to be inserted in String1.

Example: String2 contains ‘ AUTO’

Position INT Rank of character after which String2 is inserted.

Example: Position =5

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_String STRING The string String2 has been inserted in the string
String1 after the position Position to form
Result_String.

Example: for the values in the example provided in the

previous table, Result_String contains ‘START
AUTO CYCLE’.

Note: it is impossible to make an insertion at the start of

a string with this function (use the CONCAT_STR
(see page 315) function).

Runtime errors
The bit %S15 (see page 497) is set to 1 in the following cases:
 Position ≤0, Result_String then contains the end of string characters (16#00).
 The maximum size of the string Result_String is too small to insert String2.
Result_String is truncated.
 If the Result_String is used as an input on IN1 or IN2.

324 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
LEFT_INT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 101
LEFT_INT: Extraction of characters to the left

LEFT_INT: Extraction of characters to the left

Description

Function description
The LEFT_INT function extracts a certain number of characters situated to the leftmost of a string.
The result is a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.
NOTE: The behavior of this function has changed after Unity Pro 2.2. If the Result_String of
this function is located on %MW, then the Result_String is not completed with NUL (16#00)
characters. It is recommended to erase the content of the Result_String before using this
function.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 325

LEFT_INT

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD String1
LEFT_INT Length_Str
ST Result_String

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result_String:= LEFT_INT(String1, Length_Str);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

String1 STRING String of characters from which we wish to extract the
Length_Str leftmost characters.
Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO STOP"
Length_Str INT Number of characters to be extracted.
Example: Length_Str =9.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_String STRING String containing the Length_Str leftmost characters
of String1.
Example: for the values in the example provided in the
previous table, Result_String contains ‘SWITCH
TO’ (9 leftmost characters of String1).

Runtime errors
The bit %S15 (see page 495) is set to 1 in the following cases:
 String1 is empty or Length_Str < 0.
 The maximum size of the string Result_String is less than Length_Str
 The size of the string String1 is less than Length_Str.
 If the String1 is not valued and the Length is 0, %S15 is set to 1
NOTE: In all these cases, the content of Result_String is undefined and should be treated as
such by further processing.

326 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
LEN_INT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 102
LEN_INT: Length of character string

LEN_INT: Length of character string

Description

Function description
The LEN_INT function calculates the number of characters of a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD String1
LEN_INT
ST Length_Str

Representation in ST
Representation:
Length_Str:= LEN_INT(String1);

33002519 10/2013 327

LEN_INT

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

String1 STRING String of characters for which the length is to be
determined.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO STOP"

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Length_Str INT Length_Str contains the length of the character string
String1.

Example: with the values indicated in the example in

the previous table, Length_Str = 14

328 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
MID_INT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 103
MID_INT: Extraction of a sub-string of characters

MID_INT: Extraction of a sub-string of characters

Description

Function description
The MID_INT function extracts a sub-string of characters starting from a certain rank. The result
is a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 329

MID_INT

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD String1
MID_INT Length_Str, Position
ST Result_String

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result_String:= MID_INT(String1, Length_Str, Position);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

String1 STRING Original string containing the sub-string to be extracted.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO STOP"

Length_Str INT Length of the sub-string to be extracted.

Example: Length_Str =4
Position INT Rank of first character of the sub-string to be extracted.

Example: Position =11

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_String STRING Sub-string of String1 starting from rank Position
over a length of Length_Str.

Example: for the values in the example provided in the

previous table, Result_String contains ‘STOP’.

330 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
REPLACE_INT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 104
REPLACE_INT: Replacement of a sub-string of characters

REPLACE_INT: Replacement of a sub-string of characters

Description

Function description
The REPLACE_INT function replaces a character string in another character string starting from a
certain rank and for a certain length. The result is a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.
NOTE: The behavior of this function has changed after Unity Pro 2.2. If the Result_String of
this function is located on %MW, then the Result_String is not completed with NUL (16#00)
characters. It is recommended to erase the content of the Result_String before using this
function.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 331

REPLACE_INT

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD String1
REPLACE_INT String2, Length_Str, Position
ST Result_String

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result_String:= REPLACE_INT(String1, String2, Length_Str, Position);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

String1 STRING Original string of characters into which is inserted a sub-
string of characters starting from Position over a
length of Length_Str.

Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO RUN"

Note: the length Length_Str is the length of the text to

be replaced and not the length of the string String2.
As it happens, the replacement string can be of a
different length to the string that is replaced.
String2 STRING Character string to be inserted in String1 to replace
the existing characters.

Example: String2 contains ‘STOP’

Length_Str INT Number of characters to be replaced in String1 by
String2

Example: Length_Str =3
Position INT Rank of first character of the sub-string to be replaced

Example: Position =11

332 33002519 10/2013

 REPLACE_INT

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_String STRING The string string2 has replaced the Length_Str
characters starting from the rank Position in the
string String1 to form Result_String.

Example: for the values in the example provided in the

previous table, Result_String contains ‘SWITCH
TO STOP’.

Runtime errors
The bit %S15 (see page 497) is set to 1 in the following cases:
 Position ≤0, Result_String then contains the end of string characters (16#00).
 The maximum size of the string Result_String is too small to insert String2.
Result_String is truncated.
 Position is greater than the length of String1. Result_String is equal to String1 in this
case.
 If Result_String is used as an input on IN2.

33002519 10/2013 333

REPLACE_INT

334 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
RIGHT_INT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 105
RIGHT_INT: Extraction of a character string to the right

RIGHT_INT: Extraction of a character string to the right

Description

Function description
The RIGHT_INT function extracts a certain number of characters situated to the rightmost of a
string. The result is a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD String1
RIGHT_INT Length_Str
ST Result_String

33002519 10/2013 335

RIGHT_INT

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result_String:= RIGHT_INT(String1, Length_Str);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

String1 STRING String of characters from which we wish to extract the
Length_Str rightmost characters.
Example: String1 contains "SWITCH TO STOP"
Length_Str INT Number of characters to be extracted.
Example: Length_Str =4

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_String STRING String containing the Length_Str rightmost
characters of String1.
Example: for the values in the example provided in the
previous table, Result_String contains ‘STOP’ (4
rightmost characters of String1).

Runtime errors
The bit %S15 (see page 495) is set to 1 in the following cases:
 String1 is empty or Length_Str < 0.
 The maximum size of the string Result_String is less than Length_Str
 The size of the string String1 is less than Length_Str.
 If the String1 is not valued and the Length is 0, %S15 is set to 1
NOTE: In all these cases, the content of Result_String is undefined and should be treated as such
by further processing.

336 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
Timer & Counter
33002519 10/2013

Part XI
Timer & Counter

Timer & Counter

Overview
This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of the Timer &
Counter family.

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
106 CTD, CTD_***: Down counter 339
107 CTU, CTU_***: Up counter 341
108 CTUD, CTUD_***: Up/Down counter 343
109 TOF: Off delay 347
110 TON: On delay 349
111 TP: Pulse 351

33002519 10/2013 337

Timer & Counter

338 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
CTD, CTD_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 106
CTD, CTD_***: Down counter

CTD, CTD_***: Down counter

Description

Function description
The function blocks are used for downwards counting.
A "1" signal at the LD input causes the value of the PV input to be allocated to the CV output. With
each transition from "0" to "1" at the CD input, the value of CV is reduced by 1.
When CV ≤0, the Q output becomes "1".
NOTE: The counter only works to the minimum values of the data type being used. No overflow
occurs.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available functions
There are two different specifications of the function block:
 CTD
This function block specification is defined in IEC 61131-3 and only works with the INT data
type.
 CTD_***
This function block specification is an expansion that conforms to IEC 61131-3 to cover other
data types. The following blocks are available:
 CTD_INT
 CTD_DINT
 CTD_UINT
 CTD_UDINT

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 339

CTD, CTD_***

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
CAL CTD_Instance (CD:=Trigger, LD:=Load,
PV:=PresetValue, Q=>Output, CV=>CountValue)

Representation in ST
Representation:
CTD_Instance (CD:=Trigger, LD:=Load, PV:=PresetValue,
Q=>Output, CV=>CountValue) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

CD BOOL Trigger input
LD BOOL Load data
PV When CTD: INT Preset value
When CTD_***: INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Q BOOL Output
CV When CTD: INT Count value (actual value)
When CTD_***: INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT

340 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
CTU, CTU_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 107
CTU, CTU_***: Up counter

CTU, CTU_***: Up counter

Description

Function description
The function blocks are used for upwards counting.
A "1" signal at the R input causes the value "0" to be assigned to the CV output. With each transition
from "0" to "1" at the CU input, the value of CV is incremented by 1. When CV ≥ PV, the Q output is
set to "1".
NOTE: The counter only works to the maximum values of the data type being used. No overflow
occurs.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available functions
There are two different specifications of the function block:
 CTU
This function block specification is defined in IEC 61131-3 and only works with the INT data
type.
 CTU_***
This function block specification is an expansion that conforms to IEC 61131-3 to cover other
data types. The following blocks are available
 CTU_INT
 CTU_DINT
 CTU_UINT
 CTU_UDINT

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 341

CTU, CTU_***

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
CAL CTU_Instance (CU:=Trigger, R:=Reset,
PV:=PresetValue, Q=>Output, CV=>CountValue)

Representation in ST
Representation:
CTU_Instance (CU:=Trigger, R:=Reset, PV:=PresetValue,
Q=>Output, CV=>CountValue) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

CU BOOL Trigger input
R BOOL Reset
PV When CTU: INT Preset value
When CTU_***: INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Q BOOL Output
CV When CTU: INT Count value (actual value)
When CTU_***: INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT

342 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
CTUD, CTUD_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 108
CTUD, CTUD_***: Up/Down counter

CTUD, CTUD_***: Up/Down counter

Description

Function description
The function blocks are used for upwards and downwards counting.
A "1" signal at the R input causes the value "0" to be assigned to the CV output. A "1" signal at the
LD input causes the value of the PV input to be allocated to the CV output. With each transition from
"0" to "1" at the CU input, the value of CV is incremented by 1. With each transition from "0" to "1"
at the CD input, the value of CV is reduced by 1.
If there is a simultaneous "1" signal at inputs R and LD, input R has precedence.
When CV ≥ PV, output QU is "1".
When CV ≤0, the QD output becomes "1".
NOTE: The down counter only works to the minimum values of the data type being used, and the
up counter only to the maximum values of the data type being used. No overflow occurs.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available functions
There are two different specifications of the function block:
 CTUD
This function block specification is defined in IEC 61131-3 and only works with the INT data
type.
 CTUD_***
This function block specification is an expansion that conforms to IEC 61131-3 to cover other
data types. The following blocks are available
 CTUD_INT
 CTUD_DINT
 CTUD_UINT
 CTUD_UDINT

33002519 10/2013 343

CTUD, CTUD_***

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
CAL CTUD_Instance (CU:=UpTrigger, CD:=DownTrigger,
R:=Reset, LD:=Load, PV:=PresetValue, QU=>UpDisplay,
QD=>DownDisplay, CV=>CountValue)

Representation in ST
Representation:
CTUD_Instance (CU:=UpTrigger, CD:=DownTrigger,
R:=Reset, LD:=Load, PV:=PresetValue, QU=>UpDisplay,
QD=>DownDisplay, CV=>CountValue) ;

344 33002519 10/2013

 CTUD, CTUD_***

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

CU BOOL Up counter trigger input
CD BOOL Down counter trigger input
R BOOL Reset
LD BOOL Load data
PV When CTUD: INT, Preset value
When CTUD_***:
INT, DINT, UINT,
UDINT

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

QU BOOL Up display
QD BOOL Down display
CV When CTUD: INT Count value (actual value)
When CTUD_***:
INT, DINT, UINT,
UDINT

33002519 10/2013 345

CTUD, CTUD_***

346 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
TOF
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 109
TOF: Off delay

TOF: Off delay

Description

Function description
The function block is used as the Off delay.
When the function block is called for the first time, the initial state of ET is "0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
CAL TOF_Instance (IN:=StartDelay, PT:=PresetDelayTime,
Q=>Output, ET=>InternalTime)

33002519 10/2013 347

TOF

Representation in ST
Representation:
TOF_Instance (IN:=StartDelay, PT:=PresetDelayTime,
Q=>Output, ET=>InternalTime) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

IN BOOL Start delay
PT TIME Preset delay time

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Q BOOL Output
ET TIME Internal time

Timing diagram
Representation of the OFF delay TOF:

(1) If IN becomes "1", Q becomes "1".

(2) If IN becomes "0", the internal time (ET) is started.
(3) If the internal time reaches the value of PT, Q becomes "0".
(4) If IN becomes "1", Q becomes "1", and the internal time is stopped/reset.
(5) If IN becomes "1" before the internal time has reached the value of PT, the internal time is stopped/reset
without Q being set back to "0".

348 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
TON
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 110
TON: On delay

TON: On delay

Description

Function description
The function block is used as the On delay.
When the function block is called for the first time, the initial state of ET is "0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
CAL TON_Instance (IN:=StartDelay, PT:=PresetDelayTime,
Q=>Output, ET=>InternalTime)

33002519 10/2013 349

TON

Representation in ST
Representation:
TON_Instance (IN:=StartDelay, PT:=PresetDelayTime,
Q=>Output, ET=>InternalTime) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

IN BOOL Start delay
PT TIME Preset delay time

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Q BOOL Output
ET TIME Internal time

Timing diagram
Representation of the ON delay TON:

(1) If IN becomes "1", the internal time (ET) starts.

(2) If the internal time reaches the value of PT, Q becomes "1".
(3) If IN becomes "0", Q becomes "0" and the internal time is stopped/reset.
(4) If IN becomes "0" before the internal time has reached the value of PT, the internal time stops/resets
without Q going to "1".

350 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
TP
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 111
TP: Pulse

TP: Pulse

Description

Function description
The function block is used for the generation of a pulse with defined duration.
When the function block is called for the first time, the initial state of ET is "0".
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
CAL TP_Instance (IN:=TriggerPulse, PT:=PulseDuration,
Q=>Output, ET=>InternalTime)

33002519 10/2013 351

TP

Representation in ST
Representation:
TP_Instance (IN:=TriggerPulse, PT:=PulseDuration,
Q=>Output, ET=>InternalTime) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

IN BOOL Trigger pulse
PT TIME Preset pulse duration

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Q BOOL Output
ET TIME Internal time

Timing diagram
Representation of the TP pulse:

(1) If IN becomes "1", Q becomes "1" and the internal time (ET) starts.
(2) If the internal time reaches the value of PT, Q becomes "0" (independent of IN).
(3) The internal time stops/is reset if IN becomes "0".
(4) If the internal time has not reached the value of PT yet, the internal time is not affected by a clock at IN.
(5) If the internal time has reached the value of PT and IN is "0", the internal time stops/is reset and Q becomes
"0".

352 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
Type to type
33002519 10/2013

Part XII
Type to type

Type to type

Overview
This section describes the elementary functions and elementary function blocks of the Type to
type family.

What Is in This Part?

This part contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
112 ARINT_TO_DATE: Convert Integer Array with Date to a DATE Variable 355
113 ARINT_TO_DT: Convert Integer Array with Date and Time to a DT Variable 357
114 ARINT_TO_TOD: Convert Integer Array with Time Of Day to a TOD Variable 359
115 ASCII_TO_STRING: Type conversion 361
116 ASCII_TO_STRING_INV: Type conversion 365
117 BCD_TO_INT: Conversion of a BCD integer into pure binary 371
118 BIT_TO_BYTE: Type conversion 373
119 BIT_TO_WORD: Type conversion 377
120 BOOL_TO_***: Type conversion 381
121 BYTE_AS_WORD: Type conversion 383
122 BYTE_TO_BIT: Type conversion 385
123 BYTE_TO_***: Type conversion 389
124 DATE_TO_ARINT: Convert DATE Variable to Integer Array 391
125 DATE_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in DATE format into a character 393
string
126 DBCD_TO_***: Conversion of a double BCD integer into binary 395
127 DEG_TO_RAD : Conversion of degrees to radians 397
128 DINT_AS_WORD: Type conversion 399
129 DINT_TO_***: Type conversion 401
130 DINT_TO_DBCD: Conversion of a double binary coded integer into a double 405
Binary Coded Decimal integer
131 DT_TO_ARINT: Convert DT Variable to Integer Array 407
132 DT_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in DT format into a character string 409
133 DWORD_TO_***: Type conversion 411

33002519 10/2013 353

Type to type

Chapter Chapter Name Page

134 GRAY_TO_INT: Conversion of an integer in Gray code into a binary coded 413
integer
135 INT_AS_DINT: Concatenation of two integers to form a double integer 415
136 INT_TO_***: Type conversion 417
137 INT_TO_BCD: Conversion of a binary coded integer into a Binary Coded 421
Decimal integer
138 INT_TO_DBCD: Conversion of a binary coded integer into a double Binary 423
Coded Decimal integer
139 RAD_TO_DEG: Conversion of radians to degrees 425
140 REAL_AS_WORD: Type conversion 427
141 REAL_TO_***: Type conversion 429
142 REAL_TRUNC_***: Type conversion 433
143 STRING_TO_ASCII: Type conversion 435
144 STRING_TO_ASCII_INV: Type conversion 441
145 STRING_TO_*** : Conversion of a character string to a number of the INT, 447
DINT or REAL type
146 TIME_AS_WORD: Type conversion 449
147 TIME_TO_***: Type conversion 451
148 TIME_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in TIME format into a character 453
string
149 TOD_TO_ARINT: Convert TOD Variable to Integer Array 455
150 TOD_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in TOD format into a character 457
string
151 UDINT_AS_WORD: Type conversion 459
152 UDINT_TO_***: Type conversion 461
153 UINT_TO_***: Type conversion 465
154 WORD_AS_BYTE: Type conversion 469
155 WORD_AS_DINT: Type conversion 471
156 WORD_AS_REAL: Type conversion 473
157 WORD_AS_TIME: Type conversion 475
158 WORD_AS_UDINT: Type conversion 477
159 WORD_TO_BIT: Type conversion 479
160 WORD_TO_***: Type conversion 483
161 ***_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable into a character string 485

354 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ARINT_TO_DATE
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 112
ARINT_TO_DATE: Convert Integer Array with Date to a DATE Variable

ARINT_TO_DATE: Convert Integer Array with Date to a

DATE Variable

Description

Function description
The function converts an Integer Array with the date in BCD format to a DATE (d#) variable.
For the input you have 2 options:
 If you want to assign the system date, assign %SW52 to the input.
In this case the content of %SW52 (see page 508) and %SW53 (see page 508) is assigned.
 If you want to assign a different date, create an Integer Array of 2 elements and enter the date
in BCD format.
Example:
If the input is:
 Date_ARRAY[1] = 16#0511
 Date_ARRAY[2] = 16#2006

Then the output is:

 DATE_Variable = d#2006-05-11
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD

33002519 10/2013 355

ARINT_TO_DATE

Representation in LD

Representation in IL
LD Date_ARRAY
ARINT_TO_DATE
ST DATE_Variable

Representation in ST
DATE_Variable := ARINT_TO_DATE (Date_ARRAY) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Date_ARRAY ARRAY [n..m] OF Integer ARRAY of 2 elements with the
INT date in BCD format:
 month, day (16#mmdd),
corresponds to %SW52
(see page 508)
 year (16#yyyy),
corresponds to %SW53
(see page 508)

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

DATE_Variable DATE Date assigned to the input as DATE
(d#) variable (if input is valid).

Runtime errors
If input Date_ARRAY is invalid, ENO = 0 and OUT remains unchanged.

356 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ARINT_TO_DT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 113
ARINT_TO_DT: Convert Integer Array with Date and Time to a DT Variable

ARINT_TO_DT: Convert Integer Array with Date and Time

to a DT Variable

Description

Function description
The function converts an Integer Array with date and time in BCD format to a DATE_AND_TIME
(dt#) variable.
For the input you have 2 options:
 If you want to assign the system time, assign %SW50 to the input.
In this case the content of %SW50 (see page 508) to %SW53 (see page 508) is assigned.
 If you want to assign a different time, create an Integer Array of 4 elements and enter time and
date in BCD format.
Example:
If the input is:
 DateAndTime_ARRAY[1] = 16#1600
 DateAndTime_ARRAY[2] = 16#1046
 DateAndTime_ARRAY[3] = 16#0511
 DateAndTime_ARRAY[4] = 16#2006

Then the output is:

 DT_Variable = dt#2006-05-11-10:46:16
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD

33002519 10/2013 357

ARINT_TO_DT

Representation in LD

Representation in IL
LD DateAndTime_ARRAY
ARINT_TO_DT
ST DT_Variable

Representation in ST
DT_Variable := ARINT_TO_DT (DateAndTime_ARRAY) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

DateAndTime_ARRAY ARRAY [n..m] OF Integer ARRAY of 4 elements with the date and time
INT in BCD format:
 seconds,-- (16#ss,--),
corresponds to %SW50 (see page 508)
 hour, minute (16#hhmm),
corresponds to %SW51 (see page 508)
 month, day (16#mmdd),
corresponds to %SW52 (see page 508)
 year (16#yyyy),
corresponds to %SW53 (see page 508)

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

DT_Variable DT Date and time assigned to the input as
DATE_AND_TIME (dt#) variable (if input is valid).

Runtime errors
If input DateAndTime_ARRAY is invalid, ENO = 0 and OUT remains unchanged.

358 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ARINT_TO_TOD
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 114
ARINT_TO_TOD: Convert Integer Array with Time Of Day to a TOD Variable

ARINT_TO_TOD: Convert Integer Array with Time Of Day

to a TOD Variable

Description

Function description
The function converts an Integer Array with the time of day in BCD format to a TIME_OF_DAY
(tod#) variable.
For the input you have 2 options:
 If you want to assign the system time, assign %SW50 to the input.
In this case the content of %SW50 (see page 508) and %SW51 (see page 508) is assigned.
 If you want to assign a different time, create an Integer Array of 2 elements and enter the time
of day in BCD format.
Example:
If the input is:
 Time_ARRAY[1] = 16#1600
 Time_ARRAY[2] = 16#1046

Then the output is:

 TOD_Variable = tod#10:46:16
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD

33002519 10/2013 359

ARINT_TO_TOD

Representation in LD

Representation in IL
LD Time_ARRAY
ARINT_TO_TOD
ST TOD_Variable

Representation in ST
TOD_Variable := ARINT_TO_TOD (Time_ARRAY) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Time_ARRAY ARRAY [n..m] OF Integer ARRAY of 2 elements with the date and time
INT in BCD format:
 seconds,-- (16#ss,--),
corresponds to %SW50 (see page 508)
 hour, minute (16#hhmm),
corresponds to %SW51 (see page 508)

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

TOD_Variable TOD Time of day assigned to the input as TIME_OF_DAY
(tod#) variable (if input is valid).

Runtime errors
If input Time_ARRAY is invalid, ENO = 0 and OUT remains unchanged.

360 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ASCII_TO_STRING
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 115
ASCII_TO_STRING: Type conversion

ASCII_TO_STRING: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function copies the content (ASCII values) of the INT array at the input (without conversion)
to the output of the data type STRING.
This function is used to transfer any ASCII values (16#01...16#FF). The only exception is 16#00
(Value 0). It is used to end the copy operation.
Since each ASCII value requires 1 Byte, 2 ASCII values can be transferred to the output per integer
element of the input array. The transfer sequence is high byte, low byte.

If an uneven number of ASCII values is transferred to the output, only the high byte of the last
element is theoretically needed. But since the entire element is always transferred, the value 0
must be entered in the low byte in this case; see Example 2, page 363.
The copy operation ends when
 the end of the input array is reached.
 the value 0 (16#00) is transferred,
 the end of the output string is reached.

As additional parameters, EN and ENO are projected.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 361

ASCII_TO_STRING

Representation in LD
Appearance:

Representation in IL
Appearance:
LD AsciiValueArray
ASCII_TO_STRING
ST StringOutput

Representation in ST
Appearance:
StringOutput := ASCII_TO_STRING (AsciiValueArray) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Description

AsciiValueArray ARRAY[n..m] OF INT Integer array with ASCII values

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Description

StringOutput STRING String of ASCII characters

362 33002519 10/2013

 ASCII_TO_STRING

Runtime error
If the size of the string variables at the output is insufficient to represent all ASCII values of the input
array ENO is set to 0 and system bit %S15 (see page 497) is set to 1.

Example 1
In the example, 4 ASCII values are to be transferred to a string of 4 characters. This requires an
integer array with 2 elements.

Example 2
In the example, 3 ASCII values are to be transferred to a string of 4 characters. This requires an
integer array with 2 elements; the low byte of the second element is not required, and it therefore
must contain the value 0.

Example 3
In the example, 4 ASCII values are to be transferred to a string of 8 characters. This requires an
integer array with 2 elements. The unneeded 4 characters at the output remain empty in this case.

33002519 10/2013 363

ASCII_TO_STRING

Example 4
In the example the first 4 ASCII values of an integer array with 8 elements are to be transferred to
a string of 4 characters. This requires that the high byte of the third element of the integer array
contains the value 0 to mark the end of the characters to be transferred. All other ASCII values are
no longer considered.

Example 5
In the example, 16 ASCII values are to be transferred to a string of 4 characters. Since the output
string is too small for that, ENO is set to 0 and Systembit %S15 is set to 1.

364 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
ASCII_TO_STRING_INV
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 116
ASCII_TO_STRING_INV: Type conversion

ASCII_TO_STRING_INV: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function copies the content (ASCII values) of the INT array at the input (without conversion)
to the output of the data type STRING.
This function is used to transfer any ASCII values (16#01...16#FF). The only exception is 16#00
(Value 0). It is used to end the copy operation.
Since each ASCII value requires 1 Byte, 2 ASCII values can be transferred to the output per integer
element of the input array. The transfer sequence is low byte, high byte.

If an uneven number of ASCII values is transferred to the output, only the low byte of the last
element is theoretically needed. But since the entire element is always transferred, the value 0
must be entered in the high byte in this case; see Example 2, page 367.
The copy operation ends when
 the end of the input array is reached.
 the value 0 (16#00) is transferred,
 the end of the output string is reached.

As additional parameters, EN and ENO are projected.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 365

ASCII_TO_STRING_INV

Representation in LD
Appearance:

Representation in IL
Appearance:
LD AsciiValueArray
ASCII_TO_STRING_INV
ST StringOutput

Representation in ST
Appearance:
StringOutput := ASCII_TO_STRING_INV (AsciiValueArray) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Description

AsciiValueArray ARRAY[n..m] OF INT Integer array with ASCII values

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Description

StringOutput STRING String of ASCII characters

366 33002519 10/2013

 ASCII_TO_STRING_INV

Runtime error
If the size of the string variables at the output is insufficient to represent all ASCII values of the input
array ENO is set to 0 and system bit %S15 (see page 497) is set to 1.

Example 1
In the example, 4 ASCII values are to be transferred to a string of 4 characters. This requires an
integer array with 2 elements.

Example 2
In the example, 3 ASCII values are to be transferred to a string of 4 characters. This requires an
integer array with 2 elements; the low byte of the second element is not required, and it therefore
must contain the value 0.

33002519 10/2013 367

ASCII_TO_STRING_INV

Example 3
In the example, 4 ASCII values are to be transferred to a string of 8 characters. This requires an
integer array with 2 elements. The unneeded 4 characters at the output remain empty in this case.

Example 4
In the example the first 4 ASCII values of an integer array with 8 elements are to be transferred to
a string of 4 characters. This requires that the high byte of the third element of the integer array
contains the value 0 to mark the end of the characters to be transferred. All other ASCII values are
no longer considered.

368 33002519 10/2013

 ASCII_TO_STRING_INV

Example 5
In the example, 16 ASCII values are to be transferred to a string of 4 characters. Since the output
string is too small for that, ENO is set to 0 and Systembit %S15 is set to 1.

33002519 10/2013 369

ASCII_TO_STRING_INV

370 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
BCD_TO_INT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 117
BCD_TO_INT: Conversion of a BCD integer into pure binary

BCD_TO_INT: Conversion of a BCD integer into pure

binary

Description

Function description
The BCD_TO_INT function converts an integer in Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) format into a binary
coded integer.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 371

BCD_TO_INT

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD BCD_Int
BCD_TO_INT
ST Result_Int

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result_Int:= BCD_TO_INT(BCD_Int);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

BCD_Int INT Integer in BCD format.

Example: BCD_Int = 16#99

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_Int INT Result_Int is a binary coded integer.

Example: with the value provided in the example in the

previous table, Result_Int = 99

Runtime errors
The bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 when the value to be converted is not a value coded in
BCD. The result of the function then returns the value of the input parameter.

372 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
BIT_TO_BYTE:
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 118
BIT_TO_BYTE: Type conversion

BIT_TO_BYTE: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts 8 input values of the data type BOOL to an output of the BYTE data type.
The input values are assigned to the individual bits of the byte at the output according to the input
names.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
Block formula:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 373

BIT_TO_BYTE:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD InputBit0
BIT_TO_BYTE InputBit1, InputBit2, InputBit3, InputBit4,
InputBit5, InputBit6, InputBit7
ST OutputByte

Representation in ST
Representation:
OutputByte := BIT_TO_BYTE (InputBit0, InputBit1,
InputBit2, InputBit3, InputBit4, InputBit5, InputBit6,
InputBit7) ;

374 33002519 10/2013

 BIT_TO_BYTE:

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

InputBit0 BOOL Input bit 0
InputBit1 BOOL Input bit 1
: : :
InputBit7 BOOL Input bit 7

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

OutputByte BYTE Output value

33002519 10/2013 375

BIT_TO_BYTE:

376 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
BIT_TO_WORD
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 119
BIT_TO_WORD: Type conversion

BIT_TO_WORD: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts 16 input values of the BOOL data type to an output value of the WORD data
type.
The input values are assigned to the individual bits of the word at the output according to the input
names.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
Block formula:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 377

BIT_TO_WORD

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD InputBit0
BIT_TO_WORD InputBit1, InputBit2, InputBit3, InputBit4,
InputBit5, InputBit6, InputBit7,InputBit8,
InputBit9, InputBit10, InputBit11, InputBit12,
InputBit13, InputBit14, InputBit15
ST WORD_Output

Representation in ST
Representation:
WORD_Output := BIT_TO_WORD (InputBit0, InputBit1,
InputBit2, InputBit3, InputBit4, InputBit5,
InputBit6, InputBit7, InputBit8, InputBit9,
InputBit10, InputBit11, InputBit12, InputBit13,
InputBit14, InputBit15) ;

378 33002519 10/2013

 BIT_TO_WORD

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

InputBit0 BOOL Input bit 0
: : :
InputBit15 BOOL Input bit 15

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

WORD_Output WORD Output value

33002519 10/2013 379

BIT_TO_WORD

380 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
BOOL_TO_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 120
BOOL_TO_***: Type conversion

BOOL_TO_***: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts an input value of the BOOL data type to a BYTE, WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME data type.
The input value is written in the lowest bit of the output. All other output bits are set to zero.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.
(The output ENO is not used for BOOL_TO_REAL; it always has the value "1".)

Available functions
List of available functions:
 BOOL_TO_BYTE
 BOOL_TO_WORD
 BOOL_TO_DWORD
 BOOL_TO_INT
 BOOL_TO_DINT
 BOOL_TO_UINT
 BOOL_TO_UDINT
 BOOL_TO_REAL
 BOOL_TO_TIME

Representation in FBD
Representation of an Integer application:

33002519 10/2013 381

BOOL_TO_***

Representation in LD
Representation of an Integer application:

Representation in IL
Representation of an Integer application:
LD BOOL_variable
BOOL_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation in ST
Representation of an Integer application:
ConvertedVariable := BOOL_TO_INT (BOOL_variable) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

BOOL_variable BOOL Input value

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

ConvertedVariable BYTE, WORD, DWORD, Output value
INT, DINT, UINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME

382 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
BYTE_AS_WORD
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 121
BYTE_AS_WORD: Type conversion

BYTE_AS_WORD: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts 2 input values of the BYTE data type to an output value of the WORD data type.
The input values are assigned to the word at the output according to the input names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
Block formula:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 383

BYTE_AS_WORD

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD BYTE_variable1
BYTE_AS_WORD BYTE_variable2
ST WORD_Output

Representation in ST
Representation:
WORD_Output := BYTE_AS_WORD (BYTE_variable1,
BYTE_variable2) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

BYTE_variable1 BYTE least significant byte
BYTE_variable2 BYTE most significant byte

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

WORD_Output WORD Output value

384 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
BYTE_TO_BIT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 122
BYTE_TO_BIT: Type conversion

BYTE_TO_BIT: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The procedure converts an input value of the BYTE data type to 8 output values of the BOOL data
type.
The individual bits of the byte at the input are assigned to the outputs according to the output
names.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 385

BYTE_TO_BIT

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD BYTE_variable
BYTE_TO_BIT BOOL_variable1, BOOL_variable2, BOOL_variable3,
BOOL_variable4, BOOL_variable5, BOOL_variable6,
BOOL_variable7, BOOL_variable8

Representation in ST
Representation:
BYTE_TO_BIT (BYTE_variable, BOOL_variable1, BOOL_variable2,
BOOL_variable3, BOOL_variable4, BOOL_variable5,
BOOL_variable6, BOOL_variable7, BOOL_variable8);

386 33002519 10/2013

 BYTE_TO_BIT

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

BYTE_variable BYTE Input

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

BOOL_variable1 BOOL Output bit 0
BOOL_variable2 BOOL Output bit 1
: : :
BOOL_variable8 BOOL Output bit 7

33002519 10/2013 387

BYTE_TO_BIT

388 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
BYTE_TO_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 123
BYTE_TO_***: Type conversion

BYTE_TO_***: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts an input value of the BYTE data type to a BOOL, WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME data type.
When converting the data type BYTE to the data type WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT,
REAL or TIME, the bit pattern of the input is transferred to the least significant bits of the output.
The most significant bits of the output are set to zero.
When converting the data type BYTE into the data type BOOL, the least significant bit of the input
value is transferred to the output.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.
(The output ENO is not used for BYTE_TO_REAL; it always has the value "1".)

Available functions
List of available functions:
 BYTE_TO_BOOL
 BYTE_TO_WORD
 BYTE_TO_DWORD
 BYTE_TO_INT
 BYTE_TO_DINT
 BYTE_TO_UINT
 BYTE_TO_UDINT
 BYTE_TO_REAL
 BYTE_TO_TIME

Representation in FBD
Representation of an Integer application:

33002519 10/2013 389

BYTE_TO_***

Representation in LD
Representation of an Integer application:

Representation in IL
Representation of an Integer application:
LD BYTE_variable
BYTE_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation in ST
Representation of an Integer application:
ConvertedVariable := BYTE_TO_INT (BYTE_variable) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

BYTE_variable BYTE Input value

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

ConvertedVariable BOOL, WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, Output value
UINT, UDINT, REAL, TIME

Runtime error
Error handling is dependent on the function:
 BYTE_TO_REAL
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the status is stored in %SW17
(see page 501) , if an illegal floating-point decimal is generated during the conversion process.
 all other Functions
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) and system word %SW17 (see page 501) are not used.

390 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DATE_TO_ARINT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 124
DATE_TO_ARINT: Convert DATE Variable to Integer Array

DATE_TO_ARINT: Convert DATE Variable to Integer Array

Description

Function description
The function converts a DATE (d#) variable to an Integer Array of 2 elements with the date in BCD
format.
Example:
If the input is:
 DATE_Variable = d#2006-05-11
Then the output is:
 Date_ARRAY[3] = 16#0511
 Date_ARRAY[4] = 16#2006

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD

Representation in LD

Representation in IL
LD DATE_Variable
DATE_TO_ARINT
ST Date_ARRAY

33002519 10/2013 391

DATE_TO_ARINT

Representation in ST
Date_ARRAY := DATE_TO_ARINT (DATE_Variable) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

DATE_Variable DATE Date as DATE (d#) variable.

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Date_ARRAY ARRAY [n..m] OF Integer ARRAY of 2 elements with the
INT date in BCD format:
 month, day (16#mmdd)
corresponds to %SW52
(see page 508)
 year (16#yyyy)
corresponds to %SW53
(see page 508)

Runtime errors
If the size of output Date_ARRAY is too small, ENO = 0 and OUT remains unchanged.

392 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DATE_TO_STRING
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 125
DATE_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in DATE format into a character string

DATE_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in DATE

format into a character string

Description

Function description
The DATE_TO_STRING function converts a variable in DATE format into a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Date1
DATE_TO_STRING
ST Result_Str

33002519 10/2013 393

DATE_TO_STRING

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result_Str:= DATE_TO_STRING(Date1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Date1 DATE Date to be converted into character string format.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_Str STRING Result_Str is a string of 10 characters which
contains a date (not including hours) in the following
format: YYYY-MM-DD.

Example: ‘2000-12-27’
Note: if the maximum size of the string Result_Str is
greater than 10, Result_Str is completed by the end
of string characters (16#00).

Runtime errors
If the string Result_Str is too short to contain the date (length of less than 10 characters), the
date is truncated and the bit %S15 (see page 495) is set to 1.
If Date1 in not interpretable and coherent in DATE format, the system bit %S18 (see page 497) is
set to 1 and Result_Str =’****-**-**’

394 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DBCD_TO_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 126
DBCD_TO_***: Conversion of a double BCD integer into binary

DBCD_TO_***: Conversion of a double BCD integer into

binary

Description

Function description
The DBCD_TO_*** function converts a double integer in Binary Code Decimal (DBCD) format into
a double binary coded integer.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 DBCD_TO_INT,
 DBCD_TO_DINT.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to an integer:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer:

33002519 10/2013 395

DBCD_TO_***

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer:
LD DBCD_Value
DBCD_TO_INT
ST Result_Value

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer:
Result_Value:= DBCD_TO_INT(DBCD_Value);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

DBCD_Value DINT Double integer in BCD format.

Example: DBCD_Value = 16#32767

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_Value INT, DINT Result_Value is an integer or double integer in binary
code.

Example: with the value provided in the example in the

previous table, Result_Value = 32767

Runtime errors
The bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 when:
 the value to be converted is not a value coded in BCD. The result of the function then returns
the value of the first half-byte by default.
 for the function DBCD_TO_INT, the value to be converted is greater in BCD than 32767. The
result of the function is then -1.

396 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DEG_TO_RAD
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 127
DEG_TO_RAD : Conversion of degrees to radians

DEG_TO_RAD : Conversion of degrees to radians

Description

Function description
The DEG_TO_RAD function converts an angle expressed in degrees into radians.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula
The formula is as follows:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 397

DEG_TO_RAD

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Angle_in_Degree
DEG_TO_RAD
ST Angle_in_Radian

Representation in ST
Representation:
Angle_in_Radian:= DEG_TO_RAD(Angle_in_Degree);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Angle_in_Degree REAL Angle expressed in degrees.
-737280.0 < Angle_in_Degree < +737280.0.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Angle_in_Radian REAL Value of Angle expressed in radians.
-π ≤Angle_in_Radian ≤+π.

Runtime errors
When Angle_in_Degree is situated outside the interval ]-737280.0, +73780.0[, the system bit
%S18 (see page 497) changes to 1, the system word %SW17 (see page 501) indicates the type
of fault and the result displayed is 1.#NAN.

398 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DINT_AS_WORD
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 128
DINT_AS_WORD: Type conversion

DINT_AS_WORD: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The procedure converts an input value of the DINT data type to 2 output values of the WORD data
type.
The individual words of the DINT input are assigned to the outputs according to the output names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD DINT_variable
DINT_AS_WORD LowWord, HighWord

33002519 10/2013 399

DINT_AS_WORD

Representation in ST
Representation:
DINT_AS_WORD (DINT_variable, LowWord, HighWord);

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

DINT_variable DINT Input

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

LowWord WORD least significant word
HighWord WORD most significant word

400 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DINT_TO_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 129
DINT_TO_***: Type conversion

DINT_TO_***: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts an input value of the DINT data type to a BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, INT,
UINT UDINT, REAL or TIME output value.
NOTE: The function converts strictly in accordance with IEC rules. Since this function has been
realized as a generic function, there will also be a few illogical conversions, e.g. DINT_TO_BOOL.

When converting the data type DINT to the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, INT or UINT data type, the least
significant bits of the input value are transferred to the output.
Negative input values cannot be converted into data types UINT, UDINT or TIME.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available functions
List of available functions:
 DINT_TO_BOOL
 DINT_TO_BYTE
 DINT_TO_WORD
 DINT_TO_DWORD
 DINT_TO_INT
 DINT_TO_UINT
 DINT_TO_UDINT
 DINT_TO_REAL
 DINT_TO_TIME

Representation in FBD
Representation of an Integer application:

33002519 10/2013 401

DINT_TO_***

Representation in LD
Representation of an Integer application:

Representation in IL
Representation of an Integer application:
LD DINT_variable
DINT_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation in ST
Representation of an Integer application:
ConvertedVariable := DINT_TO_INT (DINT_variable) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

DINT_variable DINT, Input value

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

ConvertedVariable BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output value
DWORD, INT, UINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME

402 33002519 10/2013

 DINT_TO_***

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 the value range on the output is exceeded (numeric data types)
 a negative input value is to be converted into an UDINT-, UINT or TIME output value.
 an unauthorized floating point number is created during the conversion into the REAL data type.
In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (see page 501).
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) and system word %SW17 (see page 501) are not used
when data types are converted:
 BOOL
 BYTE
 WORD
 DWORD

33002519 10/2013 403

DINT_TO_***

404 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DINT_TO_DBCD
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 130
DINT_TO_DBCD: Conversion of a double binary coded integer into a double Binary Coded Decimal integer

DINT_TO_DBCD: Conversion of a double binary coded

integer into a double Binary Coded Decimal integer

Description

Function description
The DINT_TO_DBCD function carries out the conversion of a double binary coded integer into an
integer in Double Binary Coded Decimal (DBCD) format.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD D_Integer_1
DINT_TO_BCD
ST DBCD_Result

33002519 10/2013 405

DINT_TO_DBCD

Representation in ST
Representation:
DBCD_Result:= DINT_TO_BCD(D_Integer_1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

D_Integer_1 DINT Double binary coded integer between 0 and 99999999.

Example: D_Integer_1 = 888888

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

DBCD_Result DINT DBCD_Result is a double integer in BCD format.

Example: with the value provided in the example in the

previous table, DBCD_Result = 16#00888888

Runtime errors
The bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 when the value to be converted is not a value between 0
and 99999999. The result of the function then returns the value of the input parameter.

406 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DT_TO_ARINT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 131
DT_TO_ARINT: Convert DT Variable to Integer Array

DT_TO_ARINT: Convert DT Variable to Integer Array

Description

Function description
The function converts a DATE_AND_TIME (dt#) variable to an Integer Array of 4 elements with date
and time in BCD format.
Example:
If the input is:
 DT_Variable = dt#2006-05-11-10:46:16
Then the output is:
 DateAndTime_ARRAY[1] = 16#1600
 DateAndTime_ARRAY[2] = 16#1046
 DateAndTime_ARRAY[3] = 16#0511
 DateAndTime_ARRAY[4] = 16#2006

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD

Representation in LD

33002519 10/2013 407

DT_TO_ARINT

Representation in IL
LD DT_Variable
DT_TO_ARINT
ST DateAndTime_ARRAY

Representation in ST
DateAndTime_ARRAY := DT_TO_ARINT (DT_Variable) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

DT_Variable DT Date and time as DATE_AND_TIME
(dt#) variable.

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

DateAndTime_ARRAY ARRAY [n..m] OF Integer ARRAY of 4 elements with the
INT date and time in BCD format:
 seconds,-- (16#ss,--)
corresponds to %SW50
(see page 508)
 hour, minute (16#hhmm)
corresponds to %SW51
(see page 508)
 month, day (16#mmdd)
corresponds to %SW52
(see page 508)
 year (16#yyyy)
corresponds to %SW53
(see page 508)

Runtime errors
If the size of output DateAndTime_ARRAY is too small, ENO = 0 and OUT remains unchanged.

408 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DT_TO_STRING
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 132
DT_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in DT format into a character string

DT_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in DT format

into a character string

Description

Function description
The DT_TO_STRING function converts a variable in DT format into a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Date1
DT_TO_STRING
ST Result_Str

33002519 10/2013 409

DT_TO_STRING

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result_Str:= DT_TO_STRING(Date1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Date1 DT Date to be converted into character string format.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_Str STRING Result_Str is a string of 19 characters which
contains a date (including hours) in the following format:
YYYY-MM-DD-HH:MM.

Example: ‘2000-12-27-23:15’
Note: if the maximum size of the string Result_Str is
greater than 19, Result_Str is completed by the end
of string characters (16#00).

Runtime errors
If the string Result_Str is too short to contain the date (length of less than 19 characters), the
date is truncated and the bit %S15 (see page 495) is set to 1.
If Date1 in not interpretable and coherent in format DT, the system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set
to 1 and Result_Str =’****-**-**-**:**:**’.

410 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
DWORD_TO_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 133
DWORD_TO_***: Type conversion

DWORD_TO_***: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts an input value of the DWORD data type to a BOOL, BYTE, WORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME data type.
NOTE: The function converts strictly in accordance with IEC rules. Since this function has been
realized as a generic function, there will also be a few illogical conversions, e.g. DWORD_TO_BOOL.

When converting the data type DWORD to the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, INT or UINT data type, the least
significant bits of the input value are transferred to the output.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.
(The output ENO is not used for DWORD_TO_REAL; it always has the value "1".)

Available functions
List of available functions:
 DWORD_TO_BOOL
 DWORD_TO_BYTE
 DWORD_TO_WORD
 DWORD_TO_INT
 DWORD_TO_DINT
 DWORD_TO_UINT
 DWORD_TO_UDINT
 DWORD_TO_REAL
 DWORD_TO_TIME

Representation in FBD
Representation of an Integer application:

33002519 10/2013 411

DWORD_TO_***

Representation in LD
Representation of an Integer application:

Representation in IL
Representation of an Integer application:
LD DWORD_variable
DWORD_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation in ST
Representation of an Integer application:
ConvertedVariable := DWORD_TO_INT (DWORD_variable) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

DWORD_variable DWORD Input value

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

ConvertedVariable BOOL, BYTE, WORD, INT, DINT, UINT, Output value
UDINT, REAL, TIME

Runtime error
Error handling is dependent on the function:
 DWORD_TO_REAL
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the status is stored in %SW17
(see page 501) , if an illegal floating-point decimal is generated during the conversion process.
 all other Functions
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) and system word %SW17 (see page 501) are not used.

412 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
GRAY_TO_INT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 134
GRAY_TO_INT: Conversion of an integer in Gray code into a binary coded integer

GRAY_TO_INT: Conversion of an integer in Gray code into

a binary coded integer

Description

Function description
The GRAY_TO_INT function converts an integer expressed in GRAY code into a binary coded
integer.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD GRAY_Int
GRAY_TO_INT
ST Result_Int

33002519 10/2013 413

GRAY_TO_INT

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result_Int:= GRAY_TO_INT(GRAY_Int);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

GRAY_Int INT Integer expressed in GRAY code.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_Int INT Result_Int is a binary coded integer.

414 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
INT_AS_DINT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 135
INT_AS_DINT: Concatenation of two integers to form a double integer

INT_AS_DINT: Concatenation of two integers to form a

double integer

Description

Function description
The INT_AS_DINT function concatenates two integers to form a double integer.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Low_Word
INT_AS_DINT High_Word
ST Double_Word

33002519 10/2013 415

INT_AS_DINT

Representation in ST
Representation:
Double_Word:= INT_AS_DINT(Low_Word, High_Word);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Low_Word INT Integer which must become the least significant word of
a double integer Double_Word.

Example: Low_Word contains 16#5678.

High_Word INT Integer which must become the most significant word of
a double integer Double_Word.

Example: High_Word contains 16#1234.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Double_Word DINT Double integer composed of two integers Low_Word for
the least significant and High_Word for the most
significant.

Example: for the values in the example provided in the

previous table, Double_Word contains 16#12345678.

416 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
INT_TO_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 136
INT_TO_***: Type conversion

INT_TO_***: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts an input value of the INT data type to a BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME output value.
NOTE: The function converts strictly in accordance with IEC rules. Since this function has been
realized as a generic function, there will also be a few illogical conversions, e.g. INT_TO_BOOL.

Negative input values cannot be converted into data types UINT, UDINT or TIME.
When converting an input value from the data type INT into data type WORD, the bit pattern from
the input is transferred to the output without being modified.
When converting an input value of data type INT into the data types BOOL or BYTE, the least
significant bits of the input are transferred to the output.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available functions
List of available functions:
 INT_TO_BOOL
 INT_TO_BYTE
 INT_TO_WORD
 INT_TO_DWORD
 INT_TO_DINT
 INT_TO_UINT
 INT_TO_UDINT
 INT_TO_REAL
 INT_TO_TIME

Representation in FBD
Representation of a double integer application:

33002519 10/2013 417

INT_TO_***

Representation in LD
Representation of a double integer application:

Representation in IL
Representation of a double integer application:
LD INT_variable
INT_TO_DINT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation in ST
Representation of a double integer application:
ConvertedVariable := INT_TO_DINT (INT_variable) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

INT_variable INT Input value

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

ConvertedVariable BOOL, BYTE, DWORD, Output value
WORD, DINT, UINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME

418 33002519 10/2013

 INT_TO_***

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 the value range on the output is exceeded (numeric data types)
 a negative input value is to be converted into an UDINT-, UINT or TIME output value.
 an unauthorized floating point number is created during the conversion into the REAL data type.
In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (see page 501).
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) and system word %SW17 (see page 501) are not used
when data types are converted:
 BOOL
 BYTE
 WORD
 DWORD

33002519 10/2013 419

INT_TO_***

420 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
INT_TO_BCD
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 137
INT_TO_BCD: Conversion of a binary coded integer into a Binary Coded Decimal integer

INT_TO_BCD: Conversion of a binary coded integer into a

Binary Coded Decimal integer

Description

Function description
The INT_TO_BCD function carries out the conversion of a binary coded integer into an integer in
Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) format.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Integer_1
INT_TO_BCD
ST BCD_Result

33002519 10/2013 421

INT_TO_BCD

Representation in ST
Representation:
BCD_Result := INT_TO_BCD(Integer_1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Integer_1 INT Binary coded integer between 0 and 9999.

Example: Integer_1 = 99

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

BCD_Result INT BCD_Result is a BCD integer.

Example: with the value provided in the example in the

previous table, BCD_Result = 16#99

Runtime errors
The bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 when the value to be converted is not a value between 0
and 9999. The result of the function then returns the value of the input parameter.

422 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
INT_TO_DBCD
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 138
INT_TO_DBCD: Conversion of a binary coded integer into a double Binary Coded Decimal integer

INT_TO_DBCD: Conversion of a binary coded integer into

a double Binary Coded Decimal integer

Description

Function description
The INT_TO_DBCD function carries out the conversion of a binary coded integer into an integer in
Double Binary Coded Decimal (DBCD) format. This function is useful when converting numbers
with BCD coding greater than 32768.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 423

INT_TO_DBCD

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Integer_1
INT_TO_BCD
ST DBCD_Result

Representation in ST
Representation:
DBCD_Result:= INT_TO_BCD(Integer_1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Integer_1 INT Binary coded integer between 0 and 32768.

Example: Integer_1 = 30000

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

DBCD_Result DINT DBCD_Result is a double integer in BCD format.

Example: with the value provided in the example in the

previous table, DBCD_Result = 16#0030000

Runtime errors
The bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 when the value to be converted is not a value between 0
and 99999999 or when the value to be converted is negative. The result of the function then returns
the value of the input parameter.

424 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
RAD_TO_DEG
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 139
RAD_TO_DEG: Conversion of radians to degrees

RAD_TO_DEG: Conversion of radians to degrees

Description

Function description
The RAD_TO_DEG function converts an angle expressed in radians into degrees.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Formula
The formula is as follows:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 425

RAD_TO_DEG

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Angle_in_Radian
RAD_TO_DEG
ST Angle_in_Degree

Representation in ST
Representation:
Angle_in_Degree:= RAD_TO_DEG(Angle_in_Radian);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Angle_in_Radian REAL Value of Angle expressed in radians.
-4096π ≤Angle_in_Radian ≤+4096π

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Angle_in_Degree REAL Angle expressed in degrees.
-360 < Angle_in_Degree < +360.

Runtime errors
When Angle_in_Degree is situated outside the interval ]-4096 π, 4096 π[, the system bit %S18
(see page 497) changes to 1 and the system bit %SW17 (see page 501) indicates the type of fault.

426 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
REAL_AS_WORD
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 140
REAL_AS_WORD: Type conversion

REAL_AS_WORD: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The procedure converts an input value of the REAL data type to 2 output values of the WORD data
type.
The individual words of the REAL input are assigned to the outputs according to the output names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD REAL_variable
REAL_AS_WORD LowWord, HighWord

33002519 10/2013 427

REAL_AS_WORD

Representation in ST
Representation:
REAL_AS_WORD (REAL_variable, LowWord, HighWord);

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

REAL_variable REAL Input

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

LowWord WORD least significant word
HighWord WORD most significant word

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if an unauthorized floating point number is set at
the input.

428 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
REAL_TO_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 141
REAL_TO_***: Type conversion

REAL_TO_***: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts an input value of the REAL data type to a BOOL, BYTE, WORD , DWORD, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT data type or into the TIME data type.
NOTE: The function converts strictly in accordance with IEC rules. Since this function has been
realized as a generic function, there will also be a few illogical conversions, e.g. REAL_TO_BOOL.

When converting to BOOL, BYTE, WORD, the least significant bits of the input value are transferred
to the output. A runtime error message is not given and ENO remains 1.
When converting to INT, DINT, UINT, UDINT and TIME, the IEC 559 rules for rounding are
applied.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.
(The output ENO is not used for REAL_TO_BOOL, REAL_TO_BYTE, REAL_TO_WORD and
REAL_TO_DWORD; it always has the value "1".)

Available functions
List of available functions:
 REAL_TO_BOOL
 REAL_TO_BYTE
 REAL_TO_WORD
 REAL_TO_DWORD
 REAL_TO_INT
 REAL_TO_DINT
 REAL_TO_UINT
 REAL_TO_UDINT
 REAL_TO_TIME

33002519 10/2013 429

REAL_TO_***

Example
The following example shows how the IEC 559 rounding is applied.
1,4 -> 1
1,5 -> 2
2,5 -> 2
3,5 -> 4
4,5 -> 4
4,6 -> 5

Negative input values

Negative input values cannot be converted into data types UINT, UDINT or TIME.

Representation in FBD
Representation of an Integer application:

Representation in LD
Representation of an Integer application:

Representation in IL
Representation of an Integer application:
LD REAL_variable
REAL_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

430 33002519 10/2013

 REAL_TO_***

Representation in ST
Representation of an Integer application:
ConvertedVariable := REAL_TO_INT (REAL_variable) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

REAL_variable REAL Input value

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

ConvertedVariable BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, TIME

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 an unauthorized floating point number is set at the input
 the value range on the output is exceeded (numeric data types)
 a negative input value is to be converted into an UDINT-, UINT or TIME output value.
 an unauthorized floating point number is created during the conversion into the REAL data type.
In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (see page 501).
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) and system word %SW17 (see page 501) are not used
when data types are converted:
 BOOL
 BYTE
 WORD
 DWORD

33002519 10/2013 431

REAL_TO_***

432 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
REAL_TRUNC_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 142
REAL_TRUNC_***: Type conversion

REAL_TRUNC_***: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts (by truncating towards zero) a REAL data type input value to a output value
of the INT, DINT, UINT or UDINT data type.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available functions
List of available functions:
 REAL_TRUNC_INT
 REAL_TRUNC_DINT
 REAL_TRUNC_UINT
 REAL_TRUNC_UDINT

Example
The following example shows the converting procedure.
1,6 -> 1
-1,6 -> -1
1,4 -> 1
-1,4 -> -1

Data type
Negative input values cannot be converted into data types UDINT or UINT.

Representation in FBD
Representation of an Integer application:

33002519 10/2013 433

REAL_TRUNC_***

Representation in LD
Representation of an Integer application:

Representation in IL
Representation of an Integer application:
LD REAL_variable
REAL_TRUNC_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation in ST
Representation of an Integer application:
ConvertedVariable := REAL_TRUNC_INT (REAL_variable) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

REAL_variable REAL Input value

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

ConvertedVariable INT, DINT, UINT, Output value
UDINT

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the status is stored in %SW17 (see page 501)
if
 a negative input value is to be converted into an UDINT or UINT output value
or
 an unauthorized floating point number is set at the input.

434 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
STRING_TO_ASCII
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 143
STRING_TO_ASCII: Type conversion

STRING_TO_ASCII: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function copies the string from the data type STRING at the input (without conversion) as ASCII
values into the INT array at the output.
This function is used to transfer different characters (all correspond with ASCII values 16#01...
16#FF). The only exception is 16#00 (Value 0). It is used to fill in empty (unused) bits.
Since each ASCII character only requires 1 Byte, 2 ASCII characters can be transferred per
Integer element of the output array. The transfer sequence is high byte, low byte.

When the ASCII characters in the string at the input are not sufficient to completely fill the integer
array with ASCII values, the remaining elements are filled with the value 0, see Example 3,
page 438.
The copy operation ends when
 the end of the input string is reached,
 the end of the output array is reached.

As additional parameters, EN and ENO are projected.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 435

STRING_TO_ASCII

Representation in LD
Appearance:

Representation in IL
Appearance:
LD StringInput
STRING_TO_ASCII
ST AsciiValueArray

Representation in ST
Appearance:
AsciiValueArray := STRING_TO_ASCII (StringInput) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Description

StringInput STRING String of ASCII characters

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Description

AsciiValueArray ARRAY[n..m] OF INT Integer array with ASCII values

436 33002519 10/2013

 STRING_TO_ASCII

Runtime error
If the size of array variables at the output is insufficient to represent all ASCII characters of the input
string ENO is set to 0 and system bit %S15 (see page 497) is set to 1.

Example 1
In the example, a string of 4 ASCII characters is to be transferred to an integer array. This requires
an integer array with 2 elements.

Example 2
In the example, a string of 3 ASCII characters is to be transferred to an integer array. This requires
an integer array with 2 elements; the low byte of the second element is not required, and it therefore
contains the value 0.

33002519 10/2013 437

STRING_TO_ASCII

Example 3
When the ASCII characters in the string at the input are not sufficient to completely fill the integer
array with ASCII values, the remaining elements are filled with the value 0.

Example 4
When an empty string is transferred, the elements of the integer array are filled with the value 0 .

438 33002519 10/2013

 STRING_TO_ASCII

Example 5
In the example, 8 ASCII characters are to be transferred. Since the output array is too small for
that, ENO is set to 0 and Systembit %S15 is set to 1.

33002519 10/2013 439

STRING_TO_ASCII

440 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
STRING_TO_ASCII_INV
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 144
STRING_TO_ASCII_INV: Type conversion

STRING_TO_ASCII_INV: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function copies the string from the data type STRING at the input (without conversion) as ASCII
values into the INT array at the output.
This function is used to transfer different characters (all correspond with ASCII values 16#01...
16#FF). The only exception is 16#00 (Value 0). It is used to fill in empty (unused) bits.
Since each ASCII character only requires 1 Byte, 2 ASCII characters can be transferred per
Integer element of the output array. The transfer sequence is low byte, high byte.

When the ASCII characters in the string at the input are not sufficient to completely fill the integer
array with ASCII values, the remaining elements are filled with the value 0, see Example 3,
page 444.
The copy operation ends when
 the end of the input string is reached,
 the end of the output array is reached.

As additional parameters, EN and ENO are projected.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 441

STRING_TO_ASCII_INV

Representation in LD
Appearance:

Representation in IL
Appearance:
LD StringInput
STRING_TO_ASCII_INV
ST AsciiValueArray

Representation in ST
Appearance:
AsciiValueArray := STRING_TO_ASCII_INV (StringInput) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Description

StringInput STRING String of ASCII characters

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Description

AsciiValueArray ARRAY[n..m] OF INT Integer array with ASCII values

442 33002519 10/2013

 STRING_TO_ASCII_INV

Runtime error
If the size of array variables at the output is insufficient to represent all ASCII characters of the input
string ENO is set to 0 and system bit %S15 (see page 497) is set to 1.

Example 1
In the example, a string of 4 ASCII characters is to be transferred to an integer array. This requires
an integer array with 2 elements.

Example 2
In the example, a string of 3 ASCII characters is to be transferred to an integer array. This requires
an integer array with 2 elements; the high byte of the second element is not required, and it
therefore contains the value 0.

33002519 10/2013 443

STRING_TO_ASCII_INV

Example 3
When the ASCII characters in the string at the input are not sufficient to completely fill the integer
array with ASCII values, the remaining elements are filled with the value 0.

Example 4
When an empty string is transferred, the elements of the integer array are filled with the value 0 .

444 33002519 10/2013

 STRING_TO_ASCII_INV

Example 5
In the example, 8 ASCII characters are to be transferred. Since the output array is too small for
that, ENO is set to 0 and Systembit %S15 is set to 1.

33002519 10/2013 445

STRING_TO_ASCII_INV

446 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
STRING_TO_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 145
STRING_TO_*** : Conversion of a character string to a number of the INT, DINT or REAL type

STRING_TO_*** : Conversion of a character string to a

number of the INT, DINT or REAL type

Description

Description of the function

The STRING_TO_*** function converts a character string into a one- or two-digit integer or into a
real number.
This function is IEC 1131.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 STRING_TO_INT,
 STRING_TO_DINT,
 STRING_TO_REAL.

Representation en FBD
Representation applied to an integer:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to an integer:

33002519 10/2013 447

STRING_TO_***

Representation in IL
Representation applied to an integer:
LD String_1
STRING_TO_INT
ST Result_Value

Representation in ST
Representation applied to an integer:
Result_Value := STRING_TO_INT(String_1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

String_1 STRING Character string

Example : String_1 = ‘-32500’

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_Value INT, DINT, Result_Value is an integer, a two-digit integer or a
REAL real number according to the function used. This result
is the conversion of the character string String_1 in
accordance with the recommendations of standard IEC
1131.

Example : with the value of the example in the above

table, Result_Value = -32500.

Execution errors
The %S18 (see page 497) bit is positioned at 1 when the content of the string to be converted is
positioned outside of the boundaries of the type chosen (INT, DINT or REAL) or when one of the
characters in the string is incorrect.

448 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
TIME_AS_WORD
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 146
TIME_AS_WORD: Type conversion

TIME_AS_WORD: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The procedure converts an input value of the TIME data type to 2 output values of the WORD data
type.
The individual words of the TIME input are assigned to the outputs according to the output names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD TIME_variable
TIME_AS_WORD LowWord, HighWord

33002519 10/2013 449

TIME_AS_WORD

Representation in ST
Representation:
TIME_AS_WORD (REAL_variable, LowWord, HighWord);

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

TIME_variable TIME Input

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

LowWord WORD least significant word
HighWord WORD most significant word

450 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
TIME_TO_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 147
TIME_TO_***: Type conversion

TIME_TO_***: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts an input value of the TIME data type to a BOOL, BYTE, WORD, DWORD, INT,
DINT, UINT, UDINT or REAL data type.
NOTE: The function converts strictly in accordance with IEC rules. Since this function has been
realized as a generic function, there will also be a few illogical conversions, e.g. TIME_TO_BOOL.

While converting an input value of data type TIME into an output value of data type BOOL, BYTE,
WORD, INT or UINT, the least significant bits, respectively, are transferred from the input to the
output.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available functions
List of available functions:
 TIME_TO_BOOL
 TIME_TO_BYTE
 TIME_TO_WORD
 TIME_TO_DWORD
 TIME_TO_INT
 TIME_TO_DINT
 TIME_TO_UINT
 TIME_TO_UDINT
 TIME_TO_REAL

Representation in FBD
Representation of an Integer application:

33002519 10/2013 451

TIME_TO_***

Representation in LD
Representation of an Integer application:

Representation in IL
Representation of an Integer application:
LD TIME_variable
TIME_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation in ST
Representation of an Integer application:
ConvertedVariable := TIME_TO_INT (TIME_variable) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

TIME_variable TIME Input value

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

ConvertedVariable BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 the value range is exceeded at the output during the execution of the function.

452 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
TIME_TO_STRING
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 148
TIME_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in TIME format into a character string

TIME_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in TIME

format into a character string

Description

Function description
The TIME_TO_STRING function converts a variable in TIME format into a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Time1
TIME_TO_STRING
ST Result_Str

33002519 10/2013 453

TIME_TO_STRING

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result_Str:= TIME_TO_STRING(Time1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Time1 TIME Duration to be converted into character string format.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_Str STRING Result_Str is a string of 15 characters which
contains a duration in the following format:
HHHHHH:MM:SS.D.

Example: ‘119304:38:49.5’
Note: if the maximum size of the string Result_Str is
greater than 15, Result_Str is completed by the end
of string characters (16#00).

Runtime errors
If the string Result_Str is too short to contain the converted value (less than 15 characters in
length), it is truncated and the bit %S15 (see page 495) is set to 1.

454 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
TOD_TO_ARINT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 149
TOD_TO_ARINT: Convert TOD Variable to Integer Array

TOD_TO_ARINT: Convert TOD Variable to Integer Array

Description

Function description
The function converts a TIME_OF_DAY (tod#) variable to an Integer Array of 2 elements with the
time of day in BCD format.
Example:
If the input is:
 TOD_Variable = tod#10:46:16

Then the output is:

 Time_ARRAY[1] = 16#1600
 Time_ARRAY[2] = 16#1046

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD

Representation in LD

Representation in IL
LD TOD_Variable
TOD_TO_ARINT
ST Time_ARRAY

33002519 10/2013 455

TOD_TO_ARINT

Representation in ST
Time_ARRAY := TOD_TO_ARINT (TOD_Variable) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

TOD_Variable TIME_OF_DAY Time of day as TIME_OF_DAY (tod#)
variable.

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

Time_ARRAY ARRAY [n..m] OF Integer ARRAY of 2 elements with the
INT date and time in BCD format:
 seconds,-- (16#ss,--),
corresponds to %SW50
(see page 508)
 hour, minute (16#hhmm)
corresponds to %SW51
(see page 508)

Runtime errors
If the size of output Time_ARRAY is too small, ENO = 0 and OUT remains unchanged.

456 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
TOD_TO_STRING
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 150
TOD_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in TOD format into a character string

TOD_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable in TOD format

into a character string

Description

Function description
The TOD_TO_STRING function converts a variable in TOD format into a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD Time1
TOD_TO_STRING
ST Result_Str

33002519 10/2013 457

TOD_TO_STRING

Representation in ST
Representation:
Result_Str:= =TOD_TO_STRING(Time1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Time1 TOD Time of day to be converted into character string format.

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_Str STRING Result_Str is a string of 8 characters which contains
a time of day in the following format: HH:MM:SS.

Example: ‘04:38:49’
Note: if the maximum size of the string Result_Str is
greater than 8, Result_Str is completed by the end of
string characters (16#00).

Runtime errors
If the string Result_Str is too short to contain the converted value (less than 8 characters in
length), it is truncated and the bit %S15 (see page 495) is set to 1.

458 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
UDINT_AS_WORD
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 151
UDINT_AS_WORD: Type conversion

UDINT_AS_WORD: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The procedure converts an input value of the UDINT data type to 2 output values of the WORD data
type.
The individual words of the UDINT input are assigned to the outputs according to the output names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD UDINT_variable
UDINT_AS_WORD LowWord, HighWord

33002519 10/2013 459

UDINT_AS_WORD

Representation in ST
Representation:
UDINT_AS_WORD (UDINT_variable, LowWord, HighWord);

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

UDINT_variable UDINT Input

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

LowWord WORD least significant word
HighWord WORD most significant word

460 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
UDINT_TO_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 152
UDINT_TO_***: Type conversion

UDINT_TO_***: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts an input value of the UDINT data type to an output value of the BOOL, BYTE,
WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, UINT, REAL or TIME data type.
NOTE: The function converts strictly in accordance with IEC rules. Since this function has been
realized as a generic function, there will also be a few illogical conversions, e.g. UDINT_TO_BOOL.

When converting the data type DINT to the BOOL, BYTE, WORD, INT or UINT data type, the least
significant bits of the input value are transferred to the output.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available functions
List of available functions:
 UDINT_TO_BOOL
 UDINT_TO_BYTE
 UDINT_TO_WORD
 UDINT_TO_DWORD
 UDINT_TO_INT
 UDINT_TO_DINT
 UDINT_TO_UINT
 UDINT_TO_REAL
 UDINT_TO_TIME

Representation in FBD
Representation of an Integer application:

33002519 10/2013 461

UDINT_TO_***

Representation in LD
Representation of an Integer application:

Representation in IL
Representation of an Integer application:
LD UDINT_variable
UDINT_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation in ST
Representation of an Integer application:
ConvertedVariable := UDINT_TO_INT (UDINT_variable) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

UDINT_variable UDINT Input value

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

ConvertedVariable BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, REAL, TIME

462 33002519 10/2013

 UDINT_TO_***

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 the value range on the output is exceeded (numeric data types)
 a negative input value is to be converted into an UDINT-, UINT or TIME output value.
 an unauthorized floating point number is created during the conversion into the REAL data type.
In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (see page 501).
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) and system word %SW17 (see page 501) are not used
when data types are converted:
 BOOL
 BYTE
 WORD
 DWORD

33002519 10/2013 463

UDINT_TO_***

464 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
UINT_TO_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 153
UINT_TO_***: Type conversion

UINT_TO_***: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts an input value of the UINT data type to an output value of the BOOL, BYTE,
WORD, DWORD, INT, DINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME.data type.
NOTE: The function converts strictly in accordance with IEC rules. Since this function has been
realized as a generic function, there will also be a few illogical conversions, e.g. UINT_TO_BOOL.

When converting an input value from the data type UINT into data type WORD, the bit pattern from
the input is transferred to the output without being modified.
When converting an input value of data type UINT into the data types BOOL or BYTE, the least
significant bits of the input are transferred to the output.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Available functions
List of available functions:
 UINT_TO_BOOL
 UINT_TO_BYTE
 UINT_TO_WORD
 UINT_TO_DWORD
 UINT_TO_INT
 UINT_TO_DINT
 UINT_TO_UDINT
 UINT_TO_REAL
 UINT_TO_TIME

Representation in FBD
Representation of an Integer application:

33002519 10/2013 465

UINT_TO_***

Representation in LD
Representation of an Integer application:

Representation in IL
Representation of an Integer application:
LD UINT_variable
UINT_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation in ST
Representation of an Integer application:
ConvertedVariable := UINT_TO_INT (UINT_variable) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

UINT_variable UINT Input value

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

ConvertedVariable BOOL, BYTE, WORD, Output value
DWORD, INT, DINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME

466 33002519 10/2013

 UINT_TO_***

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 the value range on the output is exceeded (numeric data types)
 a negative input value is to be converted into an UDINT-, UINT or TIME output value.
 an unauthorized floating point number is created during the conversion into the REAL data type.
In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (see page 501).
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) and system word %SW17 (see page 501) are not used
when data types are converted:
 BOOL
 BYTE
 WORD
 DWORD

33002519 10/2013 467

UINT_TO_***

468 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
WORD_AS_BYTE
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 154
WORD_AS_BYTE: Type conversion

WORD_AS_BYTE: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The procedure converts an input value of the WORD data type to 2 output values of the BYTE data
type.
The individual bytes of the word at the input are assigned to the outputs according to the output
names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD WORD_variable
WORD_AS_BYTE LowByte, HighByte

33002519 10/2013 469

WORD_AS_BYTE

Representation in ST
Representation:
WORD_AS_BYTE (WORD_variable, LowByte, HighByte);

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

WORD_variable WORD Input

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

LowByte BYTE least significant byte
HighByte BYTE most significant byte

470 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
WORD_AS_DINT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 155
WORD_AS_DINT: Type conversion

WORD_AS_DINT: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts 2 input values of the WORD data type to an output of the DINT data type.
The input values are assigned to the word at the output according to the input names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
Block formula:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 471

WORD_AS_DINT

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD WORD_variable1
WORD_AS_DINT WORD_variable2
ST DINT_variable

Representation in ST
Representation:
DINT_variable := WORD_AS_DINT (WORD_variable1,
WORD_variable2) ;

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

WORD_variable1 WORD least significant word
WORD_variable2 WORD most significant word

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

DINT_variable DINT Output value

472 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
WORD_AS_REAL
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 156
WORD_AS_REAL: Type conversion

WORD_AS_REAL: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts an input value of the 2 WORD data type to output values of the REAL
data type.
The input values are assigned to the word at the output according to the input names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
Block formula:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 473

WORD_AS_REAL

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD WORD_variable1
WORD_AS_REAL WORD_variable2
ST REAL_Output

Representation in ST
Representation:
REAL_Output := WORD_AS_REAL (WORD_variable1, WORD_variable2);

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

WORD_variable1 WORD least significant byte
WORD_variable2 WORD most significant byte

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

REAL_Output REAL Output value

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1, if
 an unauthorized floating-point number is set at the input
 an unauthorized floating-point number is created during the conversion into the REAL data type.
In this case, the status is also placed in %SW17 (see page 501).

474 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
WORD_AS_TIME
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 157
WORD_AS_TIME: Type conversion

WORD_AS_TIME: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts 2 input values of the WORD data type to an output value of the TIME data type.
The input values are assigned to the word at the output according to the input names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
Block formula:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 475

WORD_AS_TIME

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD WORD_variable1
WORD_AS_TIME WORD_variable2
ST TIME_Output

Representation in ST
Representation:
TIME_Output := WORD_AS_TIME (WORD_variable1,
WORD_variable2) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

WORD_variable1 WORD least significant byte
WORD_variable2 WORD most significant byte

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

TIME_Output TIME Output value

476 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
WORD_AS_UDINT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 158
WORD_AS_UDINT: Type conversion

WORD_AS_UDINT: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts 2 input values of the WORD data type to an output value of the UDINT data
type.
The input values are assigned to the word at the output according to the input names.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Formula
Block formula:

Representation in FBD
Representation:

Representation in LD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 477

WORD_AS_UDINT

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD WORD_variable1
WORD_AS_UDINT WORD_variable2
ST UDINT_Output

Representation in ST
Representation:
UDINT_Output := WORD_AS_UDINT (WORD_variable1,
WORD_variable2) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

WORD_variable1 WORD least significant byte
WORD_variable2 WORD most significant byte

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

UDINT_Output UDINT Output value

478 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
WORD_TO_BIT
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 159
WORD_TO_BIT: Type conversion

WORD_TO_BIT: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The procedure converts an input value of the WORD data type to 16 output values of the BOOL data
type.
The individual bits of the word at the input are assigned to the outputs according to the output
names.

EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.

Representation in FBD
Representation:

33002519 10/2013 479

WORD_TO_BIT

Representation in LD
Representation:

Representation in IL
Representation:
LD WORD_variable
WORD_TO_BIT BOOL_variable1, BOOL_variable2,
BOOL_variable3, BOOL_variable4, BOOL_variable5,
BOOL_variable6, BOOL_variable7, BOOL_variable8,
BOOL_variable9, BOOL_variable10, BOOL_variable11,
BOOL_variable12, BOOL_variable13, BOOL_variable14,
BOOL_variable15, BOOL_variable16

Representation in ST
Representation:
WORD_TO_BIT (WORD_variable, BOOL_variable1
BOOL_variable2, BOOL_variable3, BOOL_variable4,
BOOL_variable5, BOOL_variable6, BOOL_variable7,
BOOL_variable8, BOOL_variable9, BOOL_variable10,
BOOL_variable11, BOOL_variable12, BOOL_variable13,
BOOL_variable14, BOOL_variable15, BOOL_variable16);

480 33002519 10/2013

 WORD_TO_BIT

Parameter description
Description of the input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

WORD_variable WORD Input

Description of the output parameter:

Parameter Data type Meaning

BOOL_variable1 BOOL Output BIT0
: : :
BOOL_variable16 BOOL Output BIT15

33002519 10/2013 481

WORD_TO_BIT

482 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
WORD_TO_***
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 160
WORD_TO_***: Type conversion

WORD_TO_***: Type conversion

Description

Function description
The function converts an input value of the WORD data type to a BOOL, BYTE, DWORD, INT, DINT,
UINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME data type.
When converting the WORD data type to the DWORD, DINT, UDINT, REAL or TIME data type, the bit
pattern of the input is transferred to the least significant bits of the output. The most significant bits
of the output are set to zero.
When converting the data type WORD to the data type BOOL or BYTE, the least significant bits of the
input value are transferred to the output.
EN and ENO can be configured as additional parameters.
(The output ENO is not used for WORD_TO_REAL; it always has the value "1".)

Available functions
List of available functions:
 WORD_TO_BOOL
 WORD_TO_BYTE
 WORD_TO_DWORD
 WORD_TO_INT
 WORD_TO_DINT
 WORD_TO_UINT
 WORD_TO_UDINT
 WORD_TO_REAL
 WORD_TO_TIME

Representation in FBD
Representation of an Integer application:

33002519 10/2013 483

WORD_TO_***

Representation in LD
Representation of an Integer application:

Representation in IL
Representation of an Integer application:
LD WORD_variable
WORD_TO_INT
ST ConvertedVariable

Representation in ST
Representation of an Integer application:
ConvertedVariable := WORD_TO_INT (WORD_variable) ;

Parameter description
Description of input parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

WORD_variable WORD Input value

Description of output parameters:

Parameter Data type Meaning

ConvertedVariable BOOL, BYTE, DWORD, Output value
INT, DINT, UINT,
UDINT, REAL, TIME

Runtime error
The system bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and the status is stored in %SW17 (see page 501)
if
 an unauthorized floating-point number is created during the conversion into the REAL data type.

484 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
***_TO_STRING
33002519 10/2013

Chapter 161
***_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable into a character string

***_TO_STRING: Conversion of a variable into a character

string

Description

Function description
The ***_TO_STRING function converts an INT, DINT or REAL variable into a character string.
The additional parameters EN and ENO can be configured.

Available functions
The available functions are as follows:
 INT_TO_STRING,
 DINT_TO_STRING,
 REAL_TO_STRING.

Representation in FBD
Representation applied to a real:

Representation in LD
Representation applied to a real:

33002519 10/2013 485

***_TO_STRING

Representation in IL
Representation applied to a real:
LD Value1
REAL_TO_STRING
ST Result_Str

Representation in ST
Representation applied to a real:
Result_Str:= REAL_TO_STRING(Value1);

Description of parameters
The following table describes the input parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Value1 INT, DINT, Variable to be converted into character string format.
REAL

The following table describes the output parameters:

Parameter Type Comment

Result_Str STRING Result_Str is a character string whose length depends on the
type of Value1:
 5 figures plus the sign making 6 characters for one INT
(example: ‘-00045’),
 10 figures plus the sign, making 11 characters for one DINT
(example: ‘-0000678911’),
Note: under PL7, the result is on 11 figures plus the sign,
making 12 characters for one DINT (example: ‘-00006789110’).
 14 characters for a REAL (example:
‘-3.1234560e+25’).

Runtime errors
If, during the conversion of a value of REAL type, Value1 is not between -3.402824e+38 and -
1.175494e-38 or +1.175494e-38 and +3.402824e+38, the bit %S18 (see page 497) is set to 1 and
the contents of the string Result_Str is not significant.

486 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro

33002519 10/2013

Appendices

Overview
This section contains the appendicies.

What Is in This Appendix?

The appendix contains the following chapters:
Chapter Chapter Name Page
A EFB Error Codes and Values 489
B System Objects 493

33002519 10/2013 487

488 33002519 10/2013
 Unity Pro
EFB Error Codes and Values
33002519 10/2013

Appendix A
EFB Error Codes and Values

EFB Error Codes and Values

Introduction
The following tables show the error codes and error values created for the EFBs of the Base
Library.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
Tables of Error Codes for the Base Library 490
Common Floating Point Errors 492

33002519 10/2013 489

EFB Error Codes and Values

Tables of Error Codes for the Base Library

Introduction
The following tables show the error codes and error values created for the EFBs of the Base
Library.

Date & Time

Table of error codes and errors values created for EFBs of the Date & Time family.

EFB name Error code ENO Error Error Error description

state in value in value in
case of Dec Hex
error
DIVTIME E_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO F -30176 16#8A20 Divide by zero
DIVTIME E_NEGATIVE_INPUT_ F -30177 16#8A1F A negative value cannot be converted
FOR_TIME_OPERATION to data type TIME
DIVTIME E_ARITHMETIC_ ERROR F -30170 16#8A26 Arithmetic error
DIVTIME E_ERR_ARITHMETIC F -30003 16#8ACD Arithmetic overflow (%S18 set)
DIVTIME FP_ERROR F - - See table Common Floating Point
Errors, page 492
MULTIME E_ERR_ARITHMETIC F -30003 16#8ACD Arithmetic overflow (%S18 set)
MULTIME E_ARITHMETIC_ERROR_ F -30172 16#8A24 Arithmetic error / Muliplication overflow
MUL_OV
MULTIME E_ARITHMETIC_ERROR_ F -30173 16#8A23 Arithmetic error / Addition overflow
ADD_OV
MULTIME E_ARITHMETIC_ERROR_ F -30171 16#8A25 Arithmetic error / Parameter exceeds
BIG_PAR range
MULTIME E_NEGATIVE_INPUT_FOR F -30177 16#8A1F A negative value cannot be converted
_TIME_OPERATION to data type TIME
MULTIME FP_ERROR F - - See table Common Floating Point
Errors, page 492

490 33002519 10/2013

 EFB Error Codes and Values

Statistical
Table of error codes and errors values created for EFBs of the Statistical family.

EFB name Error code ENO Error Error Error description

state in value in value in
case of Dec Hex
error
AVE E_INPUT_VALUE_OUT_ F -30183 16#8A19 Input value is out of range
OF_RANGE
AVE E_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO F -30176 16#8A20 Divide by zero
AVE FP_ERROR F - - See table Common Floating Point
Errors, page 492
AVE E_ARITHMETIC_ F -30170 16#8A26 Arithmetic error
ERROR
AVE E_FP_STATUS_FAILED F -30150 16#8A3A Illegal floating point operation
AVE E_ARITHMETIC_ F -30172 16#8A24 Arithmetic error / Muliplication overflow
ERROR_MUL_OV
AVE E_ARITHMETIC_ F -30173 16#8A23 Arithmetic error / Addition overflow
ERROR_ADD_OV
AVE E_ARITHMETIC_ F -30171 16#8A25 Arithmetic error / Parameter exceeds
ERROR_BIG_PAR range
AVE E_ARITHMETIC_ERROR F -30174 16#8A22 Arithmetic error / Unsigned overflow
_UNSIGN_OV
MAX FP_ERROR F - - See table Common Floating Point
Errors, page 492
MIN FP_ERROR F - - See table Common Floating Point
Errors, page 492
MUX E_SELECTOR_OUT_OF F -30175 16#8A21 Selector is out of range
_RANGE

33002519 10/2013 491

EFB Error Codes and Values

Common Floating Point Errors

Introduction
The following table shows the commen error codes and error values created for floating point
errors.

Common Floating Point Errors

Table of common floating point errors

Error codes Error value in Error value Error description

Dec in Hex
FP_ERROR -30150 16#8A3A Base value (not apearing as an error value)
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_IE -30151 16#8A39 Illegal floating point operation
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_DE -30152 16#8A38 Operand is denormalized - not a valid REAL
number
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_ZE -30154 16#8A36 Illegal divide by zero
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_ZE_IE -30155 16#8A35 Illegal floating point operation / Divide by zero
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_OE -30158 16#8A32 Floating point overflow
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_OE_IE -30159 16#8A31 Illegal floating point operation / Overflow
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_OE_ZE -30162 16#8A2E Floating point overflow / Divide by zero
E_FP_STATUS_FAILED_OE_ZE_IE -30163 16#8A2D Illegal floating point operation / Overflow /
Divide by zero
E_FP_NOT_COMPARABLE -30166 16#8A2A Internal error

492 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
System Objects
33002519 10/2013

Appendix B
System Objects

System Objects

Subject of this Chapter

This chapter describes the system bits and words of Unity Pro language.
Note: The symbols, associated with each bit object or system word, mentioned in the descriptive
tables of these objects, are not implemented as standard in the software, but can be entered using
the data editor.
They are proposed in order to ensure the homogeneity of their names in the different applications.

What Is in This Chapter?

This chapter contains the following topics:
Topic Page
System Bit Introduction 494
Description of System Bits %S9 to %S13 495
Description of System Bits %S15 to %S21 497
Description of System Words %SW12 to %SW29 501
Description of System Words %SW48 to %SW66 508

33002519 10/2013 493

System Objects

System Bit Introduction

General
The Modicon M340, Premium, Atrium, Quantum, and Momentum Unity PLCs use %Si system bits
which indicate the state of the PLC, or they can be used to control how it operates.
These bits can be tested in the user program to detect any functional development requiring a set
processing procedure.
Some of these bits must be reset to their initial or normal state by the program. However, the
system bits that are reset to their initial or normal state by the system must not be reset by the
program or by the terminal.

494 33002519 10/2013

 System Objects

Description of System Bits %S9 to %S13

Detailed Description
Description of system bits %S9 to %S13:

Bit Function Description Initial Modicon Premium Quantum Momentum

Symbol state M340 & Atrium Unity
M580
%S9 Outputs Normally at 0, this bit is set to 1 by 0 YES (1) YES NO NO
OUTDIS set to the the program or the terminal:
fallback  set to 1: sets the bit to 0 or
position on maintains the current value
all buses depending on the chosen
configuration (X bus, Fipio, AS-i,
etc.).
 set to 0: outputs are updated
normally.
Note: The system bit acts directly on
the physical outputs and not on the
image bits of the outputs.
Note: On Modicon M340, ethernet
I/O scanner and Global Data are
affected by the %S9 bit.
(1) Note: On Modicon M340,
inputs/outputs distributed via
CANopen bus are not affected by
the %S9 bit.
On Modicon M340, after an
operating mode, outputs are in
security mode state equal to 0 while
the bit is set.
%S10 Global I/O Normally at 1, this bit is set to 0 1 YES YES YES YES
IOERR detected when an error on an in-rack module
error or device on a network is detected
(e.g. non-compliant configuration,
exchange fault, hardware fault, etc.).
The %S10 bit is reset to 1 by the
system when all the detected errors
have disappeared.

Detected network communication errors with remote devices are not reported on bits %S10, %S16
and %S119.

33002519 10/2013 495

System Objects

CAUTION
UNEXPECTED APPLICATION BEHAVIOR - SPECIFIC VARIABLE BEHAVIOR
Manage detected network communication errors with remote devices with a method specific to
each type of communication modules (NOM, NOE, NWM, CRA, CRP) or motion modules (MMS):
 communication function blocks status (if they are used)
 communication modules status (if they exist)

Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

Bit Function Description Initial Modicon Premium Quantum Momentum

Symbol state M340 & Atrium Unity
M580
%S11 Watchdog Normally at 0, this is set to 0 YES YES YES YES
WDG overflow 1 by the system as soon as
the task execution time
becomes greater than the
maximum execution time
(i.e. the watchdog)
declared in the task
properties.
%S12 PLC in RUN This bit is set to 1 by the 0 YES YES YES YES
PLCRUNNING system when the PLC is in
RUN.
It is set to 0 by the system
as soon as the PLC is no
longer in RUN (STOP,
INIT, etc.).
%S13 First cycle Switching the PLC from - YES YES YES YES
1RSTSCANRUN after STOP mode to RUN mode
switching to (including after a cold start
RUN with automatic start in run)
is indicated by setting
system bit %S13 to 1. This
bit is reset to 0 at the end of
the first cycle of the MAST
task in RUN mode.

496 33002519 10/2013

 System Objects

Description of System Bits %S15 to %S21

Detailed Description
Description of system bits %S15 to %S21:

Bit Function Description Initial Modicon Premium Quantum Momentum

Symbol state M340 & Atrium Unity
M580
%S15 Character Normally set to 0, this bit is 0 YES YES YES YES
STRINGERROR string fault set to 1 when the destination (except
zone for a character string for safety
transfer is not of sufficient PLCs)
size (including the number of
characters and the end of
string character) to receive
this character string.
The application stops in error
state if the %S78 bit has
been to set to 1.
This bit must be reset to 0 by
the application.
This bit is not available on
Quantum safety PLCs.
%S16 Task Normally set to 1, this bit is 1 YES YES YES YES
IOERRTSK input/outp set to 0 by the system when
ut fault a fault on an in-rack module
or device on Fipio is detected
(e.g. non-compliant
configuration, exchange
fault, hardware fault, etc.).
This bit must be reset to 1 by
the user.

CAUTION
UNEXPECTED APPLICATION BEHAVIOR - SPECIFIC VARIABLE BEHAVIOR
On Quantum, network communication errors with remote devices detected by communication
modules (NOM, NOE, NWM, CRA, CRP) and motion modules (MMS) are not reported on bits
%S10, %S16 and %S119.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage.

33002519 10/2013 497

System Objects

Bit Function Description Initial Modicon Premium Quantum Momen-

Symbol state M340 & Atrium tum Unity
M580
%S17 Rotate shift Normally at 0. 0 YES YES YES YES
CARRY output During a rotate shift operation,
this bit takes the state of the
outgoing bit.
%S18 Overflow or Normally set to 0, this bit is set 0 YES YES YES YES
OVERFLOW arithmetic to 1 in the event of a capacity
error overflow if there is:
 a result greater than +
32 767 or less than -
32 768, in single length,
 result greater than +
65 535, in unsigned
integer,
 a result greater than +
2 147 483 647 or less than
- 2 147 483 648, in double
length,
 result greater than
+4 294 967 296, in double
length or unsigned integer,
 real values outside limits,
 division by 0,
 the root of a negative
number,
 forcing to a non-existent
step on a drum,
 stacking up of an already
full register, emptying of an
already empty register.

498 33002519 10/2013

 System Objects

Bit Function Description Initial Modicon Premium Quantum Momen-

Symbol state M340 & Atrium tum Unity
M580
Continued Overflow or There is only one case for 0 YES YES YES YES
%S18 arithmetic which bit %S18 is not raised by
OVERFLOW error the Modicon M340, Modicon
M580, and Momentum PLCs
when real values are outside
limits. It is only if denormalized
operands or some operations
which generate denormalized
results are used (gradual
underflow).
It must be tested by the user
program after each operation
where there is a risk of
overflow, then reset to 0 by the
user if there is indeed an
overflow.
When the %S18 bit switches
to 1, the application stops in
error state if the %S78 bit has
been to set to 1.
%S19 Task period Normally set to 0, this bit is set 0 YES YES YES YES
OVERRUN overrun to 1 by the system in the event
(periodical of a time period overrun (i.e.
scanning) task execution time is greater
than the period defined by the
user in the configuration or
programmed into the %SW
word associated with the task).
The user must reset this bit to
0. Each task manages its own
%S19 bit.

33002519 10/2013 499

System Objects

Bit Function Description Initial Modicon Premium Quantum Momen-

Symbol state M340 & Atrium tum Unity
M580
%S20 Index Normally set to 0, this bit is set 0 YES YES YES YES
INDEXOVF overflow to 1 when the address of the (except
indexed object becomes less for safety
than 0 or exceeds the number PLCs)
of objects declared in the
configuration.
In this case, it is as if the index
were equal to 0.
It must be tested by the user
program after each operation
where there is a risk of
overflow, then reset to 0 if
there is indeed an overflow.
When the %S20 bit switches
to 1, the application stops in
error state if the %S78 bit has
been to set to 1.
This bit is not available on
Quantum safety PLCs.
%S21 First task Tested in a task (Mast, Fast, 0 YES YES YES YES
1RSTTASKRUN cycle Aux0, Aux1, Aux2 Aux3), the
bit %S21 indicates the first
cycle of this task, including
after a cold start with
automatic start in run and a
warm start. %S21 is set to 1 at
the start of the cycle and reset
to zero at the end of the cycle.
Note: The bit %S21 does not
have the same meaning in
Unity Pro as in PL7.

500 33002519 10/2013

 System Objects

Description of System Words %SW12 to %SW29

Detailed Description
Description of system words %SW12 to %SW29:

Word Function Description Initial Modicon Premium Quantum Momen-

Symbol state M340 & Atrium tum Unity
M580
%SW12 Processor For Premium: Uni- - YES-340 YES NO YES
UTWPORTADDR serial port Telway address of NO-580 (see
address terminal port (in slave %SW12
mode) as defined in the below)
configuration and
loaded into this word on
cold start. The
modification of the
value of this word is not
taken into account by
the system.
For Modicon M340:
Gives the Modbus
slave address of the
CPU serial port.
Modification is not
taken into account. Is 0
if the CPU does not
have a Serial Port link.

33002519 10/2013 501

System Objects

Word Function Description Initial Modicon Premium Quantum Momen-

Symbol state M340 & Atrium tum Unity
M580
%SW12 Mode of the For Quantum safety 16#A501 NO NO YES YES
APMODE application PLC only, this word Only on
processor indicates the operating safety
mode of the application PLCs
processor of the CPU
module.
 16#A501 =
maintenance mode
 16#5AFE = safe
mode
Any other value is
interpreted as an error.
Note: In a HotStand By
safety system, this
word is exchanged from
the primary to the
standby PLC to inform
the standby PLC of the
safe or maintenance
mode.
For Momentum, this
word contains the slave
address for serial
channel 0.
%SW13 Main This word indicates the 254 NO YES NO NO
XWAYNETWADDR address of following for the main (16#00FE) (see
the station network (Fipway or %SW13
Ethway): below)
 the station number
(least significant
byte) from 0 to 127,
 the network number
(most significant
byte) from 0 to 63,
(value of the micro-
switches on the
PCMCIA card).

502 33002519 10/2013

 System Objects

Word Function Description Initial Modicon Premium Quantum Momen-

Symbol state M340 & Atrium tum Unity
M580
%SW13 Mode of the For Quantum safety - NO NO YES NO
INTELMODE Intel PLC only, this word Only on
processor indicates the operating safety
mode of the Intel PLCs
Pentium processor of
the CPU module.
 16#501A =
maintenance mode
 16#5AFE = safe
mode
Any other value is
interpreted as an error.
Note: In a HotStand By
safety system, this
word is exchanged from
the primary to the
standby PLC to inform
the standby PLC of the
safe or maintenance
mode.
%SW14 Commercial This word contains the - YES YES YES YES
OSCOMMVERS version of current Operating
PLC System (OS) version of
processor the PLC processor.
Example: 16#0135
version: 01
issue number: 35
%SW15 PLC This word contains the - YES YES YES YES
OSCOMMPATCH processor commercial version of
patch the PLC processor
version patch.
It is coded onto the
least significant byte of
the word.
Coding: 0 = no patch, 1
= A, 2 = B...
Example: 16#0003
corresponds to patch C.

33002519 10/2013 503

System Objects

Word Function Description Initial Modicon Premium Quantum Momen-

Symbol state M340 & Atrium tum Unity
M580
%SW16 Firmware This word contains the - YES YES YES YES
OSINTVERS version Firmware version
number number in hexadecimal
of the PLC processor
firmware.
Example: 16#0011
version: 2.1
VN: 17
%SW17 Error status When an error in a 0 YES YES YES YES
FLOATSTAT on floating floating arithmetic Only on
operation operation is detected, safety
bit %S18 is set to 1 and PLCs
%SW17 error status is
updated according to
the following coding:
 %SW17.0 = Invalid
operation / result is
not a number,
 %SW17.1
=Denormalized
operand / result is
acceptable (flag not
managed by
Modicon M340 or
Quantum Safety
PLCs),
 %SW17.2 = Division
by 0 / result is
infinity,
 %SW17.3 =
Overflow / result is
infinity,
 %SW17.4 =
Underflow / result is
0,
 %SW17.5 to 15 =
not used.
This word is reset to 0
by the system on cold
start, and also by the
program for re-usage
purposes.

504 33002519 10/2013

 System Objects

Word Function Description Initial Modicon Premium Quantum Momen-

Symbol state M340 & Atrium tum Unity
M580
%SD18: Absolute %SW18 represents the 0 YES YES YES YES
%SW18 and time counter least significant bytes
%SW19 and %SW19 the most
100MSCOUNTER significant bytes of the
double word %SD18,
which is incremented
by the system every
1/10th of a second. The
application can read or
write these words in
order to perform
duration calculations.
%SD18 is incremented
systematically, even in
STOP mode and
equivalent states.
However, times when
the PLC is switched off
are not taken into
account, since the
function is not linked to
the real-time scheduler,
but only to the real-time
clock.
For Quantum safety
PLC, knowing that the 2
processors must
process exactly the
same data, the value of
%SD18 is updated at
the beginning of the
mast task, and then
frozen during the
application execution.

33002519 10/2013 505

System Objects

Word Function Description Initial Modicon Premium Quantum Momen-

Symbol state M340 & Atrium tum Unity
M580
%SD20: Absolute For M340, Momentum 0 YES YES YES YES
%SW20 and time counter and Quantum PLCs
%SW21 %SD20 is incremented
MSCOUNTER every 1/1000th of a
second by the system
(even when the PLC is
in STOP, %SD20 is no
longer incremented if
the PLC is powered
down). %SD20 can be
read by the user
program or by the
terminal.
%SD20 is reset on a
cold start.
%SD20 is not reset on a
warm start.
For Premium
TSX P57 1•4M/2•4M/3•
4M/C024M/024M and
TSX PCI57 204M/354
M PLCs, %SD20 is
incremented by 5 every
5/1000th of a second by
the system. For all the
others Premium PLCs,
%SD20 is time counter
at 1 ms like Quantum
and M340 PLCs.
For Quantum safety
PLC, knowing that the 2
processors must
process exactly the
same data, the value of
%SD18 is updated at
the beginning of the
mast task, and then
frozen during the
application execution.

506 33002519 10/2013

 System Objects

Word Function Description Initial Modicon Premium Quantum Momen-

Symbol state M340 & Atrium tum Unity
M580
%SW23 Rotary The least significant - YES-340 NO NO NO
switch value byte contains the NO-580
Ethernet processor
rotary switch.
It can be read by the
user program or by the
terminal.
%SW26 Number of This system word - YES NO NO YES
requests allows to verifiy on
processed server side the number
of requests processed
by PLC per second.
%SW27 System - YES NO NO YES
%SW28 overhead  %SW27 is the last
%SW29 time system overhead
time.
 %SW28 contains the
maximum system
overhead time.
 %SW29 contains the
minimum system
overhead time.
The system overhead
time depends on the
configuration (number
of I/O...) and on the
current cycle requests
(communication,
diagnostics).
System overhead time
= Mast Cycle Time -
User code execution
time.
These can be read and
written by the user
program or by the
terminal.

33002519 10/2013 507

System Objects

Description of System Words %SW48 to %SW66

Detailed Description
Description of system words %SW48 to %SW66]:

Word Func- Description Ini- Modicon Premi- Quan- Momen-

Symbol tion tial M340 & um tum tum
state M580 Atrium Unity
%SW48 Number This word indicates the IO events and telegram 0 YES YES YES YES
IOEVTNB of processed since the last cold start. This word can (ex-
events be written by the program or the terminal cept
This word is not available on Quantum safety for
PLCs. safety
NOTE: TELEGRAM is available only for PLCs)
PREMIUM (not on Quantum or M340).

%SW49 Real- System words containing date and current time - YES YES YES YES
DAYOF- time (in BCD):
WEEK clock  %SW49: day of the week:
%SW50 function  1 = Monday,
SEC  2 = Tuesday,
%SW51  3 = Wednesday,
HOURMIN  4 = Thursday,
%SW52  5 = Friday,
MONTH-  6 = Saturday,
DAY  7 = Sunday,
%SW53  %SW50: Seconds (16#SS00),
YEAR
 %SW51: Hours and Minutes (16#HHMM),
 %SW52: Month and Day (16#MMDD),
 %SW53: Year (16#YYYY).
These words are managed by the system when
the bit %S50 is set to 0.
These words can be written by the user program
or by the terminal when the bit %S50 is set to 1.
%SW54 Real- System words containing date and time of the last - YES YES YES YES
STOPSEC time power failure or PLC stop (in Binary Coded
%SW55 clock Decimal):
STOPHM function  %SW54: Seconds (00SS),
%SW56 on last  %SW55: Hours and Minutes (HHMM),
STOPMD stop  %SW56: Month and Day (MMDD),
%SW57  %SW57: Year (YYYY),
STOPY-
EAR
%SW58
STOPDAY

508 33002519 10/2013

 System Objects

Word Func- Description Ini- Modicon Premi- Quan- Momen-

Symbol tion tial M340 & um tum tum
state M580 Atrium Unity
Contin- Real-  %SW58: the most significant byte contains the - YES YES YES YES
ued time day of the week (1 for Monday through to 7 for
%SW54 clock Sunday), and the least significant byte
STOPSEC function contains the code for the last stop:
%SW55 on last  1 = change from RUN to STOP by the
STOPHM stop terminal or the dedicated input,
%SW56  2 = stop by watchdog (PLC task or SFC
STOPMD overrun),
%SW57  4 = power outage or memory card lock
STOPY- operation,
EAR  5 = stop on hardware fault,
%SW58  6 = stop on software fault. Details on the
STOPDAY type of software fault are stored in %SW125.
%SW59 Adjust- Contains two 8-bit series to adjust the current 0 YES YES YES YES
ADJDA- ment of date.
TETIME current The action is always performed on the rising edge
date of the bit.
This word is enabled by bit %S59=1.
In the following illustration, bits in the left column increment the value, and bits in the right column decrement the value:

33002519 10/2013 509

System Objects

Word Func- Description Ini- Modicon Premi- Quan- Momen-

Symbol tion tial M340 & um tum tum
state M580 Atrium Unity
%SW66 Status Meaning of the bytes of the word %SW66 0 YES NO YES NO
CCOTF_ of an (XXYY):
STATUS Ether-  XX: The higher byte of the word is associated
net I/O with the CCOTF status codes 00 to 1F (in
configu- hex):
ration  00: Idle
change  01: Request length invalid
 02: Request header invalid
 03: Request descriptor invalid
 04: Request signature invalid
 05: Request server invalid
 06: FDR server invalid
 07: Header request ID invalid
 08: Header drop ID invalid
 09: Header device name invalid
 0A: Descriptor length invalid
 0B: Descriptor RTE invalid
 0C: Descriptor offset invalid
 0D: Signature length invalid
 0E: Signature data invalid
 0F: Signature count invalid
 10: FDR IP invalid
 11: FDR subnet mask invalid
 12: FDR gateway invalid
 13: EIP CID invalid
 14: EIP device number invalid
 15: EIP IP invalid
 16: EIP vender ID invalid
 17: EIP product type invalid
 18: EIP product code invalid
 19: EIP time-out invalid
 1A: EIP OT RPI invalid
 1B: EIP TO RPI
 1C: EIP path invalid
 1D: Process succeed
 1E: Process busy
 1F: Drop does not exist

510 33002519 10/2013

 System Objects

Word Func- Description Ini- Modicon Premi- Quan- Momen-

Symbol tion tial M340 & um tum tum
state M580 Atrium Unity
%SW66 Status Continued: 0 YES NO YES NO
CCOTF_ of an  XX: The higher byte of the word is associated
STATUS Ether- with the CCOTF status codes 20 to FF (in
net I/O hex):
configu-  20: Drop already exists
ration  21: Drop not reachable
change  22: Process device manager detected
error
 23: Process FDR builder detected error
 24: Process FDR server detected error
 25: Process EIP scanner detected error
 26: Process EIP signature mismatch
 27: Process EIP connection rejected
 28: Process unknown detected error
 29:...3F: Reserved
 4C: Maximum CCOTF retries reached
 4D: Invalid signature detected by CPU
 4E: For CPU: Detected error for
communication to CRP
 4F: For CPU: IOPL error (build or swap)
 50: CRA received wrong communication
parameter detected error
 51: FDR server did not respond
 52: Detected error when downloading
PRM file from server
 53: CRA downloaded a zero size file from
FDR server
 54: Invalid configuration in PRM (for
example, invalid CRC, invalid configuration
or signature mismatch: managed by MC)
 55: PRM download time-out
 56: All other detected errors (for example,
CCOTF count difference between new and
old configuations is greater than 1)
 57:...FE: Reserved
 FF: Unknown detected error

 YY: The lower byte of the word is associated

with the CCOTF processing status (in hex):
 00: Idle
 01: In progress
 02: Completed
 03: Did not complete, but can recover
 04: Did not complete, cannot recover
 05: Did not complete, CCOTF was rejected
by the Drop

33002519 10/2013 511

System Objects

512 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
Glossary
33002519 10/2013

Glossary

0-9
%I
According to the CEI standard, %I indicates a language object of type discrete IN.
%IW
According to the CEI standard, %IW indicates a language object of type analog IN.
%KW
According to the CEI standard, %KW indicates a language object of type constant word.
%M
According to the CEI standard, %M indicates a language object of type memory bit.
%MW
According to the CEI standard, %MW indicates a language object of type memory word.
%Q
According to the CEI standard, %Q indicates a language object of type discrete OUT.
%QW
According to the CEI standard, %QW indicates a language object of type analog OUT.

A
ADDM_TYPE
This predefined type is used as an output for the ADDM function. This is an ARRAY[0..8] OF Int.
You can find it in the library, in the same family as the EFs that use it.
ADDR_TYPE
This predefined type is used as an output for the ADDR function. This is an ARRAY[0..5] OF Int.
You can find it in the library, in the same family as the EFs that use it.
ANL_IN
ANL_IN is the abbreviation of the analog input data type. It is used when processing analog values.
%IW addresses in the configured analog input module, which are specified in the list of I/O
components, are automatically assigned to data types, and therefore must be occupied by
unassigned variables only.
ANL_OUT
ANL_OUT is the abbreviation of the analog output data type. It is used when processing analog
values. %MW addresses in the configured analog input module, which are specified in the list of I/O
components, are automatically assigned to data types, and therefore must be occupied by
unassigned variables only.

33002519 10/2013 513

Glossary

ANY
There is a hierarchy among the various data types. In the DFBs, it is sometimes possible to declare
variables that can contain several types of values. In that case we use ANY_xxx types.
The figure below describes this hierarchical structure:

ARRAY
An ARRAY is a table containing elements of a single type.
The syntax is as follows: ARRAY [<limits>] OF <Type>
Example:
ARRAY [1..2] OF BOOL is a one-dimensional table with two elements of type BOOL.
ARRAY [1..10, 1..20] OF INT is a two-dimensional table with 10x20 elements of type INT.
ART
(application response time) The time a PLC/ application takes to react to a given input. ART is
measured from the time a physical signal in the PLC turns on and triggers a write command until
the remote output turns on to signify that the data has been received.

514 33002519 10/2013

 Glossary

Assigned variables
A variable whose position in the PLC memory can be known. For example, the Water_pressure
variable is associated with %MW102. Water_pressure is said to be assigned.

B
BCD
BCD is the abbreviation of the Binary Coded Decimal format.
BCD can be used to represent decimal numbers between 0 and 9 using a set of four bits (nybble).
In this format, the four bits used to encode decimal numbers have an unused range of
combinations.
Example of BCD encoding:
 The number 2,450
 is encoded: 0010 0100 0101 0000

BOOL
BOOL is the abbreviation for the Boolean type. This is the basic data type in computing. A BOOL
variable can have either of the following two values: 0 (FALSE) or 1 (TRUE).
A bit extracted from a word is of type BOOL, for example: %MW10.4.
BYTE
When 8 bits are grouped together, they are called a BYTE. You can enter a BYTE either in binary
mode or in base 8.
The BYTE type is encoded in an 8 bit format which, in hexadecimal format, ranges from 16#00 to
16#FF.

D
DATE
The DATE type, encoded in BCD in a 32 bit format, contains the following information:
 the year encoded in a 16 bit field;
 the month encoded in an 8 bit field;
 the day encoded in an 8 bit field.
The DATE type must be entered as follows: D#<Year>-<Month>-<Day>

33002519 10/2013 515

Glossary

This table shows the upper/lower limits of each field:

Field Limits Comment

Year [1990,2099] Year
Month [01,12] The leading 0 is displayed; it can be omitted during data
entry.
Day [01,31] For months 01/03/05/07/08/10/12
[01,30] For months 04/06/09/11
[01,29] For month 02 (leap years)
[01,28] For month 02 (non-leap years)

DATE_AND_TIME
See DT.
DBCD
Representation of a double integer in double BCD format.
BCD format can be used to represent decimal numbers between 0 and 9 using a set of four bits.
In this format, the four bits used to encode decimal numbers have an unused range of
combinations.
Example of DBCD encoding:
 The number 78,993,016
 is encoded: 0111 1000 1001 1001 0011 0000 0001 0110

DDT
DDT is the abbreviation of Derived Data Type.
A derived data type is a set of elements with the same type (ARRAY) or with different types
(structure).
Device DDT (DDDT)
A Device DDT is a DDT predefined by the manufacturer and not modifiable by user. It contains the
I/O language elements of an I/O module.
DFB
DFB is the abbreviation of Derived Function Block.
DFB types are function blocks that can be defined by the user in ST, IL, LD or FBD language.
Using these DFB types in an application makes it possible to:
 simplify the design and entry of the program;
 make the program easier to read;
 make it easier to debug;
 reduce the amount of code generated.

516 33002519 10/2013

 Glossary

DINT
DINT is the abbreviation of Double INTeger (encoded in 32 bits).
The upper/lower limits are as follows: -(2 to the power of 31) to (2 to the power of 31) - 1.
Example:
-2147483648, 2147483647, 16#FFFFFFFF.
DT
DT is the abbreviation of Date and Time.
The DT type, encoded in BCD in a 64 bit format, contains the following information:
 the year encoded in a 16 bit field;
 the month encoded in an 8 bit field;
 the day encoded in an 8 bit field;
 the time encoded in an 8 bit field;
 the minutes encoded in an 8 bit field;
 the seconds encoded in an 8 bit field.
NOTE: The 8 least significant bits are not used.

The DT type must be entered as follows:

DT#<Year>-<Month>-<Day>-<Hour>:<Minutes>:<Seconds>
This table shows the upper/lower limits of each field:

Field Limits Comment

Year [1990,2099] Year
Month [01,12] The leading 0 is displayed; it can be omitted during
data entry.
Day [01,31] For months 01/03/05/07/08/10/12
[01,30] For months 04/06/09/11
[01,29] For month 02 (leap years)
[01,28] For month 02 (non-leap years)
Hour [00,23] The leading 0 is displayed; it can be omitted during
data entry.
Minute [00,59] The leading 0 is displayed; it can be omitted during
data entry.
Second [00,59] The leading 0 is displayed; it can be omitted during
data entry.

33002519 10/2013 517

Glossary

DWORD
DWORD is the abbreviation of Double Word.
The DWORD type is encoded in a 32 bit format.
This table shows the upper/lower limits of each of the bases that can be used:

Base Lower limit Upper limit

Hexadecimal 16#0 16#FFFFFFFF
Octal 8#0 8#37777777777
Binary 2#0 2#11111111111111111111111111111111

Examples of representation:

Data Representation in one of the bases

00000000000010101101110011011110 16#ADCDE
00000000000000010000000000000000 8#200000
00000000000010101011110011011110 2#10101011110011011110

E
EBOOL
EBOOL is the abbreviation of Extended BOOLean. An EBOOL type has a value (0 (FALSE) or 1
(TRUE), but also rising or falling edges and forcing functions.
An EBOOL variable occupies one byte in memory.
The byte contains the following information:
 one bit for the value;
 one bit for the history (whenever the object changes state, the value is copied to the history bit);
 one bit for forcing (equal to 0 if the object is not forced, or 1 if the bit is forced).
The default value of each bit is 0 (FALSE).

518 33002519 10/2013

 Glossary

EF
EF is the abbreviation of Elementary Function.
This is a block used in a program which performs a predefined logical function.
A function does not have any information on the internal state. Several calls to the same function
using the same input parameters will return the same output values. You will find information on
the graphic form of the function call in the "[functional block (instance)]". Unlike a call to a function
block, function calls include only an output which is not named and whose name is identical to that
of the function. In FBD, each call is indicated by a unique [number ] via the graphic block. This
number is managed automatically and cannot be modified.
You position and configure these functions in your program in order to execute your application.
You can also develop other functions using the SDKC development kit.
EFB
EFB is the abbreviation of Elementary Function Block.
This is a block used in a program which performs a predefined logical function.
EFBs have states and internal parameters. Even if the inputs are identical, the output values may
differ. For example, a counter has an output indicating that the preselection value has been
reached. This output is set to 1 when the current value is equal to the preselection value.
Elementary function
See EF.
EN
EN stands for ENable; it is an optional block input. When the EN input is enabled, an ENO output is
set automatically.
If EN = 0, the block is not enabled; its internal program is not executed, and ENO is set to 0.
If EN = 1, the block’s internal program is run and ENO is set to 1. If an error occurs, ENO is set to 0.
If the EN input is not connected, it is set automatically to 1.
ENO
ENO stands for Error NOtification; this is the output associated with the optional input EN.
If ENO is set to 0 (because EN = 0 or in case of an execution error):
 the status of the function block outputs remains the same as it was during the previous scanning
cycle that executed correctly;
 the output(s) of the function, as well as the procedures, are set to "0".

33002519 10/2013 519

Glossary

F
FBD
FBD is the abbreviation of Function Block Diagram.
FBD is a graphical programming language that works like a flowchart. By adding simple logical
blocks (AND, OR, etc.), each function or function block in the program is represented in this
graphical format. For each block, the inputs are on the left and the outputs on the right. Block
outputs can be linked to inputs of other blocks in order to create complex expressions.
FFB
Collective term for EF (elementary function), EFB (elementary function block) and DFB (derived
function block).
FTP
File Transfer Protocol.
Function
See EF.
Function Block Diagram
See FBD.

G
Global Data
Global Data provides the automatic exchange of data variables for the coordination of PLC
applications.
GRAY
The Gray code, or "reflected binary", is used to encode a numerical value developed in a string of
binary configurations that may be differentiated by changing the status of a single bit.
For example, this code can be used to avoid the following random event: in pure binary, changing
the value 0111 to 1000 may produce a range numbers between 0 and 1,000, given that the bits do
not all change value at the same time.
Equivalence between decimal, BCD and Gray:

520 33002519 10/2013

 Glossary

H
HTTP
Hypertext Transfer Protocol

I
I/O scanning
An I/O scan continuously polls I/O modules to collect data bits and status, error, and diagnostics
information. This process monitors inputs and control outputs.
IEC 61131-3
International standard: programmable logic controllers
Part 3: programming languages
IL
IL is the abbreviation of Instruction List.
This language is a series of basic instructions.
It is very close to assembly language used to program processors.
Each instruction is made up of an instruction code and an operand.
INF
Used to indicate that a number exceeds the authorized limits.
For an integer, the value ranges (shown in gray) are as follows:

When a result is:

 less than -3.402824e+38, the symbol -INF (for -infinity) is displayed;
 greater than +3.402824e+38, the symbol INF (for +infinity) is displayed;
INT
INT is the abbreviation of single INTeger (encoded in 16 bits).
The upper/lower limits are as follows: -(2 to the power of 15) to (2 to the power of 15) - 1.
Example:
-32768, 32767, 2#1111110001001001, 16#9FA4.

33002519 10/2013 521

Glossary

IODDT
IODDT is the abbreviation of Input/Output Derived Data Type.
The term IODDT indicates a structured data type representing a module or a channel of a PLC
module. Each expert module has its own IODDTs.

K
Keyword
A keyword is a unique combination of characters used as a syntax element in a programming
language (see the definition provided in appendix B of the IEC 61131-3 standard. All the keywords
used in Unity Pro and included in the IEC 61131-3 standard appear in appendix C of that standard.
Keywords cannot be used as identifiers [names of variables, sections, DFB types, etc.] in your
program).

L
LD
LD is the abbreviation of Ladder Diagram.
LD is a programming language that represents instructions to be executed as graphical diagrams
very similar to electrical diagrams (contacts, coils, etc.).
Literal value in base 10
A literal value in base 10 is used to represent a decimal integer value. This value may be preceded
by the "+" and "-" signs. If the "_" character is used in the literal value, it is not significant.
Example:
-12, 0, 123_456, +986
Literal value in base 16
A literal value in base 16 is used to represent a hexadecimal integer. The base is determined by
the number "16" and the "#" sign. The "+" and "-" signs are prohibited. To make it easier to read,
you can use the "_" sign between the bits.
Example:
16#F_F or 16#FF (decimal 255)
16#E_0 or 16#E0 (decimal 224)
Literal value in base 2
A literal value in base 2 is used to represent a binary integer. The base is determined by the
number "2" and the "#" sign. The "+" and "-" signs are prohibited. To make it easier to read, you
can use the "_" sign between the bits.
Example:
2#1111_1111 or 2#11111111 (decimal 255)
2#1110_0000 or 2#11100000 (decimal 224)

522 33002519 10/2013

 Glossary

Literal value in base 8

A literal value in base 8 is used to represent an octal integer. The base is determined by the number
"8" and the "#" sign. The "+" and "-" signs are prohibited. To make it easier to read, you can use
the "_" sign between the bits.
Example:
8#3_77 or 8#377 (decimal 255)
8#34_0 or 8#340 (decimal 224)
Literal value of a real
A literal real value is a number expressed with one or more decimals.
Example:
-12,0, 0,0, +0,456, 3,14159_26
Literal value of a real with an exponent
Number that may be expressed using standard scientific notation. In that case the representation
is as follows: mantissa + exponent.
Example:
-1.34E-12 or -1.34e-12
1.0E+6 or 1.0e+6
1.234E6 or 1.234e6
Literal value of an integer
A literal value of an integer is used to enter integer values in the decimal system. Values may be
preceded by the "+" and "-" signs. Underscore signs (_) separating numbers are not significant.
Example:
-12, 0, 123_456, +986
Literal value of time
The TIME type has the following units: days (d), hours (h), minutes (m), seconds (s) and
milliseconds (ms). A literal value of type TIME is represented by a combination of the preceding
types prefixed with T#, t#, TIME# or time#.
Examples: T#25h15m, t#14,7S, TIME#5d10h23m45s3ms

M
Multitoken
Operating mode of an SFC. In multitoken mode, the SFC can have several steps that are active
simultaneously.

33002519 10/2013 523

Glossary

N
Naming conventions (identifier)
An identifier is a series of letters, digits, and underscores starting with a letter or an underscore
(e.g. the name of a function block type, an instance, a variable, or a section). Accented letters (such
as ö, ü, é and õ) may be used, except in names of projects and DFBs. Underscore signs are
significant in identifiers. For example, A_BCD and AB_CD are interpreted as different identifiers.
You cannot use several underscores in succession or at the start of an identifier.
Identifiers cannot contain spaces. They do not differentiate uppercase and lowercase characters.
For example, ABCD and abcd are interpreted as the same identifier.
According to the IEC 61131-3 standard, leading digits are not authorized in identifiers. However,
you can use them if, from the Tools →Project options dialog box, in the Language extensions
tab, you check the Leading digits authorized box.
Identifiers cannot be keywords.
NAN
Used to indicate that the result of an operation is not a number (NAN = Not A Number).
Example: calculating the square root of a negative number.
NOTE: The CEI 559 standard defines two classes of NAN: the silent NAN (QNAN) and the
signaling NAN (SNAN). A QNAN is a NAN with a most significant fraction bit while an SNAN is a
NAN without a most significant fraction bit (bit number 22). QNANs can be propagated via most
arithmetic operations without throwing an exception. As for SNANs, they generally indicate an
invalid operation when they are used as operands in arithmetic operations (see %SW17 and
%S18).

Network
There are two meanings of the work "network".
 In LD:
a network is a set of interconnected graphic elements. The scope of a network is local,
concerning the organizational unit (section) of the program containing the network.
 With expert communication modules:
a network is a set of stations that intercommunicate. The term "network" is also used to define
a group interconnected graphic elements. This group then makes up part of a program that may
comprise a group of networks.

P
Peer cop
Peer Cop service is a mechanism for automatic exchange between stations connected on the
same Modbus Plus segment.

524 33002519 10/2013

 Glossary

Procedure
Procedures are technically functional views. The only difference with elementary functions is the
fact that procedures can include more than one output and that they handle the VAR_IN_OUT data
type. In appearance, procedures are no different from elementary functions.
Procedures are an extension to the IEC 61131-3 standard.

R
REAL
The REAL type is encoded in a 32 bit format.
The possible value ranges are shown in the figure below:

When a result is:

 between -1,175494e-38 and 1,175494e-38, it is considered to be a DEN;
 less than -3.402824e+38, the symbol -INF (for - infinity) is displayed;
 greater than +3.402824e+38, the symbol INF (for + infinity) is displayed;
 undefined (square root of a negative number), the symbolNAN is displayed.
NOTE: The IEC 559 standard defines two classes of NAN: the silent NAN (QNAN) and the
signaling NAN (SNAN). A QNAN is a NAN with a most significant fraction bit while an SNAN is a
NAN without a most significant fraction bit (bit number 22). QNANs can be propagated via most
arithmetic operations without throwing an exception. As for SNANs, they generally indicate n invalid
operation when they are used as operands in arithmetic operations (see %SW17 and %S18).

NOTE: When a DEN (non-standardized number) is used as an operand, the result is not significant.

S
SFC
SFC is the abbreviation of Sequential Function Chart.
An SFC can be used to graphically represent in a structured manner the operation of a sequential
PLC. This graphical description of the PLC’s sequential behavior and of the various resulting
situations is created using simple graphic symbols.

33002519 10/2013 525

Glossary

SIL
Safety Integrity Level
Safety functions are executed to achieve and maintain the safe state of a system. The IEC 61508
specifies 4 levels of safety performance for a safety function. These are called safety integrity
levels (SIL), ranging from 1 (the lowest) to 4 (the highest). The Quantum Safety PLC is certified for
use in SIL2 applications in which the de-energized state is the safe state, for example in an
Emergency Shutdown (ESD) system.
You can use the Schneider safety products for creating a Hot Standby (HSBY) solution if you
require high availability for a safety system.
Single token
Operating mode for an SFC diagram in which only one step can be active at a given time.
SNMP
Simple Network Management Protocol.
ST
ST is the abbreviation of Structured Text.
The structured literal language is a developed language similar to computer programming
languages. It can be used to organize a series of instructions.
STRING
A STRING variable is a series of ASCII characters. The maximum length of a string is 65,534
characters.

T
TIME
The TIME type expresses a time in milliseconds. Encoded in 32 bits, this type can be used to obtain
times from 0 to 2 32-1 milliseconds.
The TIME type has the following units: days (d), hours (h), minutes (m), seconds (s) and
milliseconds (ms). A literal value of type TIME is represented by a combination of the preceding
types prefixed with T#, t#, TIME# or time#.
Examples: T#25h15m, t#14,7S, TIME#5d10h23m45s3ms
TIME_OF_DAY
See TOD.

526 33002519 10/2013

 Glossary

TOD
TOD is the abbreviation of Time Of Day.
The TOD type, encoded in BCD in a 32 bit format, contains the following information:
 the hour encoded in an 8 bit field;
 the minutes encoded in an 8 bit field;
 the seconds encoded in an 8 bit field.
NOTE: The 8 least significant bits are not used.

The TOD type must be entered as follows: TOD#<Hour>:<Minutes>:<Seconds>

This table shows the upper/lower limits of each field:

Field Limits Comment

Hour [00,23] The leading 0 is displayed; it can be omitted during data entry.
Minute [00,59] The leading 0 is displayed; it can be omitted during data entry.
Second [00,59] The leading 0 is displayed; it can be omitted during data entry.

Example: TOD#23:59:45.
Token
Active step in an SFC.
TOPO_ADDR_TYPE
This predefined type is used as an output for the READ_TOPO_ADDR function. This is an
ARRAY[0..4] OF Int. You can find it in the library, in the same family as the EFs that use it.

U
UDINT
UDINT is the abbreviation of Unsigned Double INTeger (encoded in 32 bits). The upper/lower limits
are as follows: 0 to (2 to the power of 32) - 1.
Example:
0, 4294967295, 2#11111111111111111111111111111111, 8#37777777777,
16#FFFFFFFF.
UDP
user datagram protocol. UDP is a connectionless Internet communications protocol defined by
IETF RFC 768. This protocol facilitates the direct transmission of datagrams on IP networks.
UDP/IP messages do not expect a response, and are therefore ideal for applications in which
dropped packets do not require retransmission (such as streaming video and networks that
demand real-time performance).

33002519 10/2013 527

Glossary

UINT
UINT is the abbreviation of the Unsigned INTeger format (encoded in 16 bits). The upper/lower
limits are as follows: 0 to (2 to the power of 16) - 1.
Example:
0, 65535, 2#1111111111111111, 8#177777, 16#FFFF.
Unassigned variables
A variable whose position in the PLC memory cannot be known. A variable that is not linked to an
address is called unassigned variable.

V
Variable
Memory entity of type BOOL, WORD, DWORD, etc., whose contents can be modified by the program
currently running.

W
WORD
The type WORD is encoded in a 16 bit format and is used to perform processing on series of bits.
This table shows the upper/lower limits of each of the bases that can be used:

Base Lower limit Upper limit

Hexadecimal 16#0 16#FFFF
Octal 8#0 8#177777
Binary 2#0 2#1111111111111111

Examples of representation

Data Representation in one of the bases

0000000011010011 16#D3
1010101010101010 8#125252
0000000011010011 2#11010011

528 33002519 10/2013

 Unity Pro
Index
33002519 10/2013

Index

A array - instructions
SWAP_***, 119
ABS, 231
ADD_***_***, 43
ACOS, 233
AND_***_***, 47
ACOS_REAL, 233
ARINT_TO_DATE, 355
ADD, 235
ARINT_TO_DT, 357
ADD_***_***, 43
ARINT_TO_TOD, 359
ADD_***_TIME, 175
COPY_•••••_•••••, 51
ADD_TIME, 237
DATE_TO_ARINT, 391
AND, 195
DIV_***_***, 55
AND_***_***, 47
DT_TO_ARINT, 407
ARINT_TO_DATE, 355
EQUAL_***, 59
ARINT_TO_DT, 357
FIND_EQ_***, 63
ARINT_TO_TOD, 359
FIND_EQP_***, 67
FIND_GT_***, 71
FIND_LT_***, 75
LENGTH_***, 79
MAX_***, 83
MIN_***, 85
MOD_***_***, 87
MOVE_***_***, 91, 93
MUL_***_***, 95
NOT_***, 99
OCCUR_***, 101
OR_***_***, 103
ROL_***, 107
ROR_***, 109
SORT_***, 111
SUB_***_***, 113
SUM_***, 117
TOD_TO_ARINT, 455
XOR_***_***, 121
ASCII_TO_STRING, 361
ASCII_TO_STRING_INV, 365
ASIN, 239
ASIN_REAL, 239
ATAN, 241
ATAN_REAL, 241
availability of the instructions, 31
AVE, 291
AVE_DINT, 291

33002519 10/2013 529

Index

AVE_INT, 291 conversion - instructions

AVE_REAL, 291 BCD_TO_INT, 371
AVE_UDINT, 291 DATE_TO_STRING, 393
AVE_UINT, 291 DBCD_TO_***, 395
DEG_TO_RAD, 397
DINT_TO_DBCD, 405
B DT_TO_STRING, 409
BCD_TO_INT, 371 GRAY_TO_INT, 413
BIT_TO_BYTE, 373 INT_AS_DINT, 415
BIT_TO_WORD, 377 INT_TO_BCD, 421
BOOL_TO_***, 381 INT_TO_DBCD, 423
BYTE_AS_WORD, 383 RAD_TO_DEG, 425
BYTE_TO_***, 389 STRING_TO_***, 447
BYTE_TO_BIT, 385 ARINT_TO_DATE, 355
ARINT_TO_DT, 357
ARINT_TO_TOD, 359
C ASCII_TO_STRING, 361
comparison - instructions ASCII_TO_STRING_INV, 365
EQ, 153 BIT_TO_BYTE, 373
EQUAL_***, 59 BIT_TO_WORD, 377
EQUAL_STR, 319 BOOL_TO_***, 381
FIND_EQ_***, 63 BYTE_AS_WORD, 383
FIND_EQP_***, 67 BYTE_TO_***, 389
FIND_GT_***, 71 BYTE_TO_BIT, 385
FIND_LT_***, 75 DATE_TO_ARINT, 391
GE, 155 DINT_AS_WORD, 399
GT, 159 DINT_TO_***, 401
LE, 163 DINT_TO_STRING, 485
LT, 167 DT_TO_ARINT, 407
NE, 171 DWORD_TO_***, 411
OCCUR_***, 101 INT_TO_***, 417
CONCAT_STR, 315 INT_TO_STRING, 485
controller - instructions MOVE_***_***, 93
general information, 127 REAL_AS_WORD, 427
PID_INT, 133 REAL_TO_***, 429
PWM_INT, 141 REAL_TO_STRING, 485
SERVO_INT, 145 REAL_TRUNC_***, 433
STRING_TO_ASCII, 435
STRING_TO_ASCII_INV, 441
TIME_AS_WORD, 449
TIME_TO_***, 451
TIME_TO_STRING, 453
TOD_TO_ARINT, 455
TOD_TO_STRING, 457
UDINT_AS_WORD, 459

530 33002519 10/2013

 Index

UDINT_TO_***, 461 E
UINT_TO_***, 465
EQ, 153
WORD_AS_BYTE, 469
EQUAL_***, 59
WORD_AS_DINT, 471
EQUAL_STR, 319
WORD_AS_REAL, 473
error codes, 489
WORD_AS_TIME, 475
EXP, 253
WORD_AS_UDINT, 477
EXP_REAL, 253
WORD_TO_***, 483
EXPT_REAL_***, 255
WORD_TO_BIT, 479
EXTRACT, 187
COPY_•••••_•••••, 51
extract - instructions
COS, 243
EXTRACT, 187
COS_REAL, 243
SIZEOF, 191
counter - instructions
CTD, 339
CTD_***, 339 F
CTU, 341
F_TRIG, 197
CTU_***, 341
FE, 199
CTUD, 343
FIND_EQ_***, 63
CTUD_***, 343
FIND_EQP_***, 67
CTD, 339
FIND_GT_***, 71
CTD_***, 339
FIND_INT, 321
CTU, 341
FIND_LT_***, 75
CTU_***, 341
CTUD, 343
CTUD_***, 343 G
GE, 155
D GRAY_TO_INT, 413
GT, 159
DATE_TO_ARINT, 391
DATE_TO_STRING, 393
DBCD_TO_***, 395 I
DEC, 245
DEG_TO_RAD, 397 INC, 259
DELETE_INT, 317 INSERT_INT, 323
DINT_AS_WORD, 399 instructions
DINT_TO_***, 401 availability, 31
DINT_TO_DBCD, 405 INT_AS_DINT, 415
DINT_TO_STRING, 485 INT_TO_***, 417
DIV, 247 INT_TO_BCD, 421
DIV_***_***, 55 INT_TO_DBCD, 423
DIVMOD, 251 INT_TO_STRING, 485
DIVTIME, 177
DT_TO_ARINT, 407
DT_TO_STRING, 409
L
DWORD_TO_***, 411 LE, 163

33002519 10/2013 531

Index

LEFT_INT, 325 M
LEN_INT, 327
mathematical - instructions
LENGTH_***, 79
ABS, 231
LIMIT, 295
ACOS, 233
LIMIT_IND, 299
ACOS_REAL, 233
LN, 261
ADD, 235
LN_REAL, 261
ADD_***_***, 43
LOG, 263
ADD_***_TIME, 175
LOG_REAL, 263
ADD_TIME, 237
logical - instructions
ASIN, 239
AND, 195
ASIN_REAL, 239
AND_***_***, 47
Assignment to arrays, 91
F_TRIG, 197
ATAN, 241
FE, 199
ATAN_REAL, 241
NOT, 201
AVE, 291
NOT_***, 99
COS, 243
OR, 203
COS_REAL, 243
OR_***_***, 103
DEC, 245
R_TRIG, 205
DIV, 247
RE, 207
DIV_***_***, 55
RESET, 209
DIVMOD, 251
ROL, 211
DIVTIME, 177
ROL_***, 107
EXP, 253
ROR, 213
EXP_REAL, 253
ROR_***, 109
EXPT_REAL_***, 255
RS, 215
INC, 259
SET, 217
LENGTH_***, 79
SHL, 219
LIMIT, 295
SHR, 221
LIMIT_IND, 299
SR, 223
LN, 261
TRIGGER, 225
LN_REAL, 261
XOR, 227
LOG, 263
XOR_***_***, 121
LOG_REAL, 263
LT, 167
MAX, 303
MAX_***, 83
MIN, 305
MIN_***, 85
MOD, 265
MOD_***_***, 87
MOVE, 267
MUL, 269
MUL_***_***, 95
MULTIME, 179
MUX, 307
NEG, 271

532 33002519 10/2013

 Index

SEL, 311 PWM_INT, 141

SIGN, 277
SIN, 279
SIN_REAL, 279 R
SQRT_***, 285 R_TRIG, 205
SUB, 281 RAD_TO_DEG, 425
SUB_***_***, 113, 181 RE, 207
SUB_***_TIME, 183 REAL_AS_WORD, 427
SUB_TIME, 283 REAL_TO_***, 429
SUM_ARINT, 117 REAL_TO_STRING, 485
TAN, 287 REAL_TRUNC_***, 433
TAN_REAL, 287 REPLACE_INT, 331
MAX, 303 RESET, 209
MAX_***, 83 RIGHT_INT, 335
MID_INT, 329 ROL, 211
MIN, 305 ROL_***, 107
MIN_***, 85 ROR, 213
MOD, 265 ROR_***, 109
MOD_***_***, 87 RS, 215
MOVE, 267
MOVE_***_***, 91, 93
MUL, 269 S
MUL_***_***, 95 SEL, 311
MULTIME, 179 SERVO_INT, 145
MUX, 307 SET, 217
SHL, 219
SHR, 221
N SIGN, 277
NE, 171 SIN, 279
NEG, 271 SIN_REAL, 279
NOT, 201 SIZEOF, 191
NOT_***, 99 SORT_***, 111
SQRT_***, 285
SR, 223
O
OCCUR_***, 101
OR, 203
OR_***_***, 103
output processing - instructions
PWM_INT, 141
SERVO_INT, 145

P
PID_INT, 133

33002519 10/2013 533

Index

string management - instructions TOF, 347

CONCAT_STR, 315 TON, 349
DATE_TO_STRING, 393 TP, 351
DELETE_INT, 317 TRIGGER, 225
FIND_INT, 321
INSERT_INT, 323
LEFT_INT, 325 U
LEN_INT, 327 UDINT_AS_WORD, 459
MID_INT, 329 UDINT_TO_***, 461
REPLACE_INT, 331 UINT_TO_***, 465
RIGHT_INT, 335
STRING_TO_***, 447
TIME_TO_STRING, 453 W
TOD_TO_STRING, 457 WORD_AS_BYTE, 469
ASCII_TO_STRING, 361 WORD_AS_DINT, 471
ASCII_TO_STRING_INV, 365 WORD_AS_REAL, 473
DINT_TO_STRING, 485 WORD_AS_TIME, 475
EQUAL_STR, 319 WORD_AS_UDINT, 477
INT_TO_STRING, 485 WORD_TO_***, 483
REAL_TO_STRING, 485 WORD_TO_BIT, 479
STRING_TO_ASCII, 435
STRING_TO_ASCII_INV, 441
STRING_TO_***, 447 X
STRING_TO_ASCII, 435 XOR, 227
STRING_TO_ASCII_INV, 441 XOR_***_***, 121
SUB, 281
SUB_***_***, 113, 181
SUB_***_TIME, 183
SUB_TIME, 283
SUM_***, 117
SWAP_***, 119

T
TAN, 287
TAN_REAL, 287
TIME_AS_WORD, 449
TIME_TO_***, 451
TIME_TO_STRING, 453
timer - instructions
TOF, 347
TON, 349
TP, 351
TOD_TO_ARINT, 455
TOD_TO_STRING, 457

534 33002519 10/2013